]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
projects / thirdparty / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
bfd/
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
500 #endif
501 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
502 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
509 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
510 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
511 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
512 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
513 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
514 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
515 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
521 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
522 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
523 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
528 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
537 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
543 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
544 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
545 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
546 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
547 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
548 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
549 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
550 static int exact_log2 PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
553 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
554 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
555 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
556 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
557 int, int, int,
558 asection *, int));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int, int,
563 int, asection *));
564 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
565 char *, int, int, int,
566 int, int, int, int,
567 int, int, int, int,
568 asection *));
569 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
570 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
572 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
573 subsegT));
574 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
575 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
576 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
577 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
578 #endif
579 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
580 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
581 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
582 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
583 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
584 int, unsigned int, int));
585 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
586 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
587 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
588 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
589 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
590 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
591 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
592 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
593
594 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
595 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
596 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
597 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
598 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
599 #endif
600
601 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
602
603 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
604 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
606 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
607
608 /* The current space and subspace. */
609 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
610 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
611 #endif
612
613 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
614 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
615
616 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
617 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
618 function labels. */
619 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
620
621 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
622 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
623
624 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
625 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
626
627 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
628 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
629 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
630 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
631
632 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
633 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
634 dependent tables? */
635 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
636 {
637 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
638 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
639 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
640 {"align", pa_align, 8},
641 #endif
642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
643 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
644 #endif
645 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
646 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
647 {"block", pa_block, 1},
648 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
649 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
650 {"call", pa_call, 0},
651 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
652 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
653 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
654 #else
655 {"code", pa_text, 0},
656 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
657 #endif
658 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
659 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
660 #endif
661 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
662 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
663 {"data", pa_data, 0},
664 #endif
665 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
666 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
667 {"end", pa_end, 0},
668 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
669 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
670 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
671 #endif
672 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
673 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
674 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
675 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
676 {"export", pa_export, 0},
677 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
678 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
679 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
680 {"import", pa_import, 0},
681 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
682 {"label", pa_label, 0},
683 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
684 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
685 {"level", pa_level, 0},
686 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
687 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
688 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
689 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
690 #endif
691 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
692 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
693 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
694 {"param", pa_param, 0},
695 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
696 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
697 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
698 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
699 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
700 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
701 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
702 {"space", pa_space, 0},
703 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
704 #endif
705 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
706 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
707 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
708 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
709 #endif
710 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
711 {"text", pa_text, 0},
712 #endif
713 {"version", pa_version, 0},
714 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
715 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
716 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
717 #endif
718 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
719 {NULL, 0, 0}
720 };
721
722 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
723 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
724 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
725
726 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
727 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
728 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
729
730 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
731 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
732
733 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
734 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
735 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
736
737 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
738 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
739
740 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
741 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
742
743 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
744 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
745
746 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
747 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
748 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
749 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
750
751 static struct pa_it the_insn;
752
753 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
754 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
755 variable. */
756 static char *expr_end;
757
758 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
759 static int callinfo_found;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
762 static int within_entry_exit;
763
764 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
765 static int within_procedure;
766
767 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
768 seen in each subspace. */
769 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
770
771 /* Holds the last field selector. */
772 static int hppa_field_selector;
773
774 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
775
776 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
777 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
778
779 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
780 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
781 by pa_parse_number. */
782 static int strict;
783
784 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
785 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
786 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
787 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
788 register has a `r' suffix. */
789 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
790 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
791 static int pa_number;
792
793 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
794 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
795 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
796 #endif
797
798 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
799 static int print_errors = 1;
800
801 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
802
803 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
804 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
805
806 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
807 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
808
809 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
810 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
811 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
812 again have the value <REGNUM>.
813
814 Many registers also have synonyms:
815
816 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
817 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
818 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
819 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
820 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
821 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
822
823 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
824 here for brevity.
825
826 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
827
828 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
829 {
830 {"%arg0", 26},
831 {"%arg1", 25},
832 {"%arg2", 24},
833 {"%arg3", 23},
834 {"%cr0", 0},
835 {"%cr10", 10},
836 {"%cr11", 11},
837 {"%cr12", 12},
838 {"%cr13", 13},
839 {"%cr14", 14},
840 {"%cr15", 15},
841 {"%cr16", 16},
842 {"%cr17", 17},
843 {"%cr18", 18},
844 {"%cr19", 19},
845 {"%cr20", 20},
846 {"%cr21", 21},
847 {"%cr22", 22},
848 {"%cr23", 23},
849 {"%cr24", 24},
850 {"%cr25", 25},
851 {"%cr26", 26},
852 {"%cr27", 27},
853 {"%cr28", 28},
854 {"%cr29", 29},
855 {"%cr30", 30},
856 {"%cr31", 31},
857 {"%cr8", 8},
858 {"%cr9", 9},
859 {"%dp", 27},
860 {"%eiem", 15},
861 {"%eirr", 23},
862 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
923 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
924 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
932 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
933 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
938 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
939 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
942 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
951 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
952 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
953 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
954 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
955 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
956 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
957 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
958 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
959 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
960 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
961 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
962 {"%fret", 4},
963 {"%hta", 25},
964 {"%iir", 19},
965 {"%ior", 21},
966 {"%ipsw", 22},
967 {"%isr", 20},
968 {"%itmr", 16},
969 {"%iva", 14},
970 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
971 {"%mrp", 2},
972 #else
973 {"%mrp", 31},
974 #endif
975 {"%pcoq", 18},
976 {"%pcsq", 17},
977 {"%pidr1", 8},
978 {"%pidr2", 9},
979 {"%pidr3", 12},
980 {"%pidr4", 13},
981 {"%ppda", 24},
982 {"%r0", 0},
983 {"%r1", 1},
984 {"%r10", 10},
985 {"%r11", 11},
986 {"%r12", 12},
987 {"%r13", 13},
988 {"%r14", 14},
989 {"%r15", 15},
990 {"%r16", 16},
991 {"%r17", 17},
992 {"%r18", 18},
993 {"%r19", 19},
994 {"%r2", 2},
995 {"%r20", 20},
996 {"%r21", 21},
997 {"%r22", 22},
998 {"%r23", 23},
999 {"%r24", 24},
1000 {"%r25", 25},
1001 {"%r26", 26},
1002 {"%r27", 27},
1003 {"%r28", 28},
1004 {"%r29", 29},
1005 {"%r3", 3},
1006 {"%r30", 30},
1007 {"%r31", 31},
1008 {"%r4", 4},
1009 {"%r5", 5},
1010 {"%r6", 6},
1011 {"%r7", 7},
1012 {"%r8", 8},
1013 {"%r9", 9},
1014 {"%rctr", 0},
1015 {"%ret0", 28},
1016 {"%ret1", 29},
1017 {"%rp", 2},
1018 {"%sar", 11},
1019 {"%sp", 30},
1020 {"%sr0", 0},
1021 {"%sr1", 1},
1022 {"%sr2", 2},
1023 {"%sr3", 3},
1024 {"%sr4", 4},
1025 {"%sr5", 5},
1026 {"%sr6", 6},
1027 {"%sr7", 7},
1028 {"%t1", 22},
1029 {"%t2", 21},
1030 {"%t3", 20},
1031 {"%t4", 19},
1032 {"%tf1", 11},
1033 {"%tf2", 10},
1034 {"%tf3", 9},
1035 {"%tf4", 8},
1036 {"%tr0", 24},
1037 {"%tr1", 25},
1038 {"%tr2", 26},
1039 {"%tr3", 27},
1040 {"%tr4", 28},
1041 {"%tr5", 29},
1042 {"%tr6", 30},
1043 {"%tr7", 31}
1044 };
1045
1046 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1047 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1048 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1049 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1050 {
1051 {"false?", 0},
1052 {"false", 1},
1053 {"true?", 30},
1054 {"true", 31},
1055 {"!<=>", 3},
1056 {"!?>=", 8},
1057 {"!?<=", 16},
1058 {"!<>", 7},
1059 {"!>=", 11},
1060 {"!?>", 12},
1061 {"?<=", 14},
1062 {"!<=", 19},
1063 {"!?<", 20},
1064 {"?>=", 22},
1065 {"!?=", 24},
1066 {"!=t", 27},
1067 {"<=>", 29},
1068 {"=t", 5},
1069 {"?=", 6},
1070 {"?<", 10},
1071 {"<=", 13},
1072 {"!>", 15},
1073 {"?>", 18},
1074 {">=", 21},
1075 {"!<", 23},
1076 {"<>", 25},
1077 {"!=", 26},
1078 {"!?", 28},
1079 {"?", 2},
1080 {"=", 4},
1081 {"<", 9},
1082 {">", 17}
1083 };
1084
1085 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1086 {
1087 {"f", e_fsel},
1088 {"l", e_lsel},
1089 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1090 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1091 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1092 {"ls", e_lssel},
1093 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1094 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1095 {"n", e_nsel},
1096 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1097 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1098 {"p", e_psel},
1099 {"r", e_rsel},
1100 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1101 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1102 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1103 {"rs", e_rssel},
1104 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1105 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1106 {"t", e_tsel},
1107 };
1108
1109 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1110 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1111
1112 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1113 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1114
1115 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1116 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1117 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1118 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1119 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1120 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1121 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1122 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1123 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1124
1125 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1126 {
1127 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1128 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1129 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1130 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1131 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1132 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1133 };
1134
1135 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1136 {
1137 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1138 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1139 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1140 };
1141
1142 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1143
1144 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1145 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1146 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1147 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1148 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1149
1150 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1151 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1152 #endif
1153
1154 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1155 a right or left half of a FP register */
1156 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1157 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1158
1159 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1160 main loop after insertion. */
1161
1162 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1163 { \
1164 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1165 continue; \
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1169 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1170
1171 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1172 { \
1173 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1174 { \
1175 if (! IGNORE) \
1176 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1177 (int) (FIELD));\
1178 break; \
1179 } \
1180 }
1181
1182 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1183 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1184
1185 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1186 { \
1187 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1188 { \
1189 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1190 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1191 (int) (FIELD));\
1192 break; \
1193 } \
1194 }
1195
1196 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1197 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1198
1199 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1200 { \
1201 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1202 { \
1203 if (! IGNORE) \
1204 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1205 (int) (FIELD));\
1206 break; \
1207 } \
1208 }
1209
1210 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1211 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1212 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1213
1214 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1215 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1216 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1217
1218 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1219 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1220 need real complex handling yet. */
1221 #define is_complex(exp) \
1222 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1223
1224 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1225
1226 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1227 proc/procend pairs match. */
1228
1229 void
1230 pa_check_eof ()
1231 {
1232 if (within_entry_exit)
1233 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1234
1235 if (within_procedure)
1236 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1237 }
1238
1239 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1240 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1241
1242 static label_symbol_struct *
1243 pa_get_label ()
1244 {
1245 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1246
1247 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1248 label_chain;
1249 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1250 {
1251 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1252 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1253 return label_chain;
1254 #endif
1255 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1256 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1257 return label_chain;
1258 #endif
1259 }
1260
1261 return NULL;
1262 }
1263
1264 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1265 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1266
1267 void
1268 pa_define_label (symbol)
1269 symbolS *symbol;
1270 {
1271 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1272
1273 if (label_chain)
1274 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1275 else
1276 {
1277 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1278 label_chain
1279 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1280 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1282 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1283 #endif
1284 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1285 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1286 #endif
1287 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1288
1289 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1290 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1291
1292 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1293 }
1294
1295 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1296 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1297 #endif
1298 }
1299
1300 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1301 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1302
1303 static void
1304 pa_undefine_label ()
1305 {
1306 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1307 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1308
1309 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1310 label_chain;
1311 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1312 {
1313 if (1
1314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1315 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1316 #endif
1317 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1318 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1319 #endif
1320 )
1321 {
1322 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1323 if (prev_label_chain)
1324 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1325 else
1326 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1327
1328 free (label_chain);
1329 break;
1330 }
1331 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1336 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1337 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1338 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1339 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1340 tc_fix_data field. */
1341
1342 static void
1343 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1344 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1345 fragS *frag;
1346 int where;
1347 int size;
1348 symbolS *add_symbol;
1349 offsetT offset;
1350 expressionS *exp;
1351 int pcrel;
1352 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1353 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1354 int r_format;
1355 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1356 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1357 {
1358 fixS *new_fix;
1359
1360 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1361 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1362
1363 if (exp != NULL)
1364 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1365 else
1366 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1367 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1368 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1369 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1370 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1371 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1372 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1373 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1374 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1375 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1376 #endif
1377
1378 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1379 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1380 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1381 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1382 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1383 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1384 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1385 }
1386
1387 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1388 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1389
1390 void
1391 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1392 expressionS *exp;
1393 {
1394 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1395 expression (exp);
1396 }
1397
1398 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1399 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1400
1401 void
1402 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1403 fragS *frag;
1404 int where;
1405 int size;
1406 expressionS *exp;
1407 {
1408 unsigned int rel_type;
1409
1410 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1411 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1412 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1413 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1414 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1415 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1416 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1417 else
1418 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1419
1420 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1421 {
1422 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1423 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1424 }
1425
1426 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1427 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1428 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1429
1430 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1431 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1432 }
1433
1434 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1435 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1436
1437 void
1438 md_begin ()
1439 {
1440 const char *retval = NULL;
1441 int lose = 0;
1442 unsigned int i = 0;
1443
1444 last_call_info = NULL;
1445 call_info_root = NULL;
1446
1447 /* Set the default machine type. */
1448 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1449 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1450
1451 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1452 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1453 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1454 {
1455 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1456 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1457 }
1458
1459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1460 pa_spaces_begin ();
1461 #endif
1462
1463 op_hash = hash_new ();
1464
1465 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1466 {
1467 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1468 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1469 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1470 {
1471 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1472 lose = 1;
1473 }
1474 do
1475 {
1476 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1477 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1478 {
1479 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1480 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1481 lose = 1;
1482 }
1483 ++i;
1484 }
1485 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1486 }
1487
1488 if (lose)
1489 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1490
1491 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1492 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1493 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1494 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1495 #endif
1496
1497 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1498 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1499 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1500 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1501 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1502 #endif
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1506 void
1507 md_assemble (str)
1508 char *str;
1509 {
1510 char *to;
1511
1512 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1513 assert (str);
1514
1515 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1516 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1517 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1518
1519 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1520 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1521 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1522 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1523 {
1524 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1525
1526 if (label_symbol)
1527 {
1528 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1529 {
1530 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1531 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1532 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1534 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1535 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1536 if (within_entry_exit)
1537 {
1538 char *where;
1539 unsigned int u;
1540
1541 where = frag_more (0);
1542 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1543 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1544 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1545 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1546 }
1547 #endif
1548 }
1549 else
1550 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1551 }
1552 else
1553 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1554 }
1555
1556 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1557 pa_ip (str);
1558
1559 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
1560 to = frag_more (4);
1561
1562 /* Output the opcode. */
1563 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1564
1565 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1566 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1567 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1568 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1569 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1570 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1571
1572 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1573 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1574 #endif
1575 }
1576
1577 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1578 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1579
1580 static void
1581 pa_ip (str)
1582 char *str;
1583 {
1584 char *error_message = "";
1585 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1586 const char *args;
1587 int match = FALSE;
1588 int comma = 0;
1589 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1590 unsigned long opcode;
1591 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1592
1593 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1594 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1595 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1596 #endif
1597
1598 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1599 case. */
1600 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1601 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1602
1603 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1604 for (s = str;
1605 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1606 ++s)
1607 ;
1608
1609 switch (*s)
1610 {
1611
1612 case '\0':
1613 break;
1614
1615 case ',':
1616 comma = 1;
1617
1618 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1619
1620 case ' ':
1621 *s++ = '\0';
1622 break;
1623
1624 default:
1625 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1626 return;
1627 }
1628
1629 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1630 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1631 {
1632 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1633 return;
1634 }
1635
1636 if (comma)
1637 {
1638 *--s = ',';
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1642 start processing them. */
1643 argstart = s;
1644 for (;;)
1645 {
1646 /* Do some initialization. */
1647 opcode = insn->match;
1648 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1649 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1650
1651 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1652
1653 if (insn->arch >= pa20
1654 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1655 goto failed;
1656
1657 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1658 sure that the operands match. */
1659 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1660 {
1661 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1662 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1663 s++;
1664
1665 switch (*args)
1666 {
1667
1668 /* End of arguments. */
1669 case '\0':
1670 if (*s == '\0')
1671 match = TRUE;
1672 break;
1673
1674 case '+':
1675 if (*s == '+')
1676 {
1677 ++s;
1678 continue;
1679 }
1680 if (*s == '-')
1681 continue;
1682 break;
1683
1684 /* These must match exactly. */
1685 case '(':
1686 case ')':
1687 case ',':
1688 case ' ':
1689 if (*s++ == *args)
1690 continue;
1691 break;
1692
1693 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1694 case 'b':
1695 case '^':
1696 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1697 break;
1698 num = pa_number;
1699 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1700 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1701
1702 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1703 is there. */
1704 case '!':
1705 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1706 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1707 s = s + 1;
1708
1709 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1710 {
1711 s += 4;
1712 continue;
1713 }
1714 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1715 {
1716 s += 5;
1717 continue;
1718 }
1719 break;
1720
1721 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1722 case 'x':
1723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1724 break;
1725 num = pa_number;
1726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1727 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1728
1729 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1730 case 't':
1731 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1732 break;
1733 num = pa_number;
1734 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1735 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1736
1737 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1738 case 'a':
1739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1740 break;
1741 num = pa_number;
1742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1743 opcode |= num << 16;
1744 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1745
1746 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1747 case 'T':
1748 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1749 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1750 break;
1751 s = expr_end;
1752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1753 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1754
1755 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1756 case '5':
1757 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1758 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1759 break;
1760 s = expr_end;
1761 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1762 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1763 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1764 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1765 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1766
1767 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1768 case 'V':
1769 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1770 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1771 break;
1772 s = expr_end;
1773 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1774 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1776 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1777 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1778
1779 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1780 case 'r':
1781 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1782 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1783 break;
1784 s = expr_end;
1785 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1786 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1787
1788 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1789 case 'R':
1790 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1791 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1792 break;
1793 s = expr_end;
1794 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1795 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1796
1797 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1798 case 'U':
1799 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1800 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1801 break;
1802 s = expr_end;
1803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1804 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1805
1806 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1807 case 's':
1808 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1809 break;
1810 num = pa_number;
1811 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1812 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1813
1814 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1815 case 'S':
1816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1817 break;
1818 num = pa_number;
1819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1820 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1821 continue;
1822
1823 /* Handle all completers. */
1824 case 'c':
1825 switch (*++args)
1826 {
1827
1828 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1829 case 'X':
1830 case 'x':
1831 {
1832 int uu = 0;
1833 int m = 0;
1834 int i = 0;
1835 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1836 {
1837 s++;
1838 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1839 {
1840 uu = 1;
1841 m = 1;
1842 s++;
1843 i++;
1844 }
1845 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1846 m = 1;
1847 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1848 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1849 uu = 1;
1850 else if (strict)
1851 {
1852 /* This is a match failure. */
1853 s--;
1854 break;
1855 }
1856 else
1857 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1858 s++;
1859 i++;
1860 }
1861 if (i > 2)
1862 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1863 opcode |= m << 5;
1864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1865 }
1866
1867 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1868 case 'M':
1869 case 'm':
1870 case 'q':
1871 case 'J':
1872 case 'e':
1873 {
1874 int a = 0;
1875 int m = 0;
1876 if (*s == ',')
1877 {
1878 s++;
1879 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1880 {
1881 a = 0;
1882 m = 1;
1883 s += 2;
1884 }
1885 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1886 {
1887 a = 1;
1888 m = 1;
1889 s += 2;
1890 }
1891 else if (strict)
1892 /* This is a match failure. */
1893 s--;
1894 else
1895 {
1896 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1897 s += 2;
1898 }
1899 }
1900 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1901 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1902 else if (*args == 'e')
1903 break;
1904
1905 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1906 encode the before/after field. */
1907 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1908 {
1909 opcode |= m << 5;
1910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 }
1912 else if (*args == 'q')
1913 {
1914 opcode |= m << 3;
1915 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1916 }
1917 else if (*args == 'J')
1918 {
1919 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1920 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1921 }
1922 else if (*args == 'e')
1923 {
1924 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1925 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1926 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1927 opcode |= a;
1928 continue;
1929 }
1930 }
1931
1932 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1933 case 'A':
1934 case 's':
1935 {
1936 int a = 0;
1937 int m = 0;
1938 int i = 0;
1939 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1940 {
1941 s++;
1942 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1943 m = 1;
1944 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1945 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1946 a = 0;
1947 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1948 a = 1;
1949 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
1950 else if (strict)
1951 {
1952 s--;
1953 break;
1954 }
1955 else
1956 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1957 s++;
1958 i++;
1959 }
1960 if (i > 2)
1961 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1962 opcode |= m << 5;
1963 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1967 case 'c':
1968 cmpltr = 0;
1969 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1970 {
1971 s += 3;
1972 cmpltr = 2;
1973 }
1974 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1975
1976 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1977 case 'C':
1978 cmpltr = 0;
1979 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1980 {
1981 s += 3;
1982 cmpltr = 2;
1983 }
1984 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1985 {
1986 s += 3;
1987 cmpltr = 1;
1988 }
1989 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1990
1991 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1992 case 'd':
1993 cmpltr = 0;
1994 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1995 {
1996 s += 3;
1997 cmpltr = 1;
1998 }
1999 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
2000
2001 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
2002 case 'o':
2003 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
2004 break;
2005 s += 2;
2006 continue;
2007
2008 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
2009 case 'g':
2010 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
2011 break;
2012 s += 5;
2013 continue;
2014
2015 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2016 case 'p':
2017 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2018 break;
2019 s += 7;
2020 continue;
2021
2022 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2023 case 'l':
2024 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2025 break;
2026 s += 2;
2027 continue;
2028
2029 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2030 case 'P':
2031 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2032 break;
2033 s += 4;
2034 continue;
2035
2036 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2037 case 'L':
2038 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2039 break;
2040 s += 2;
2041 continue;
2042
2043 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2044 case 'w':
2045 flag = 0;
2046 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2047 {
2048 flag = 1;
2049 s += 2;
2050 }
2051 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2052 {
2053 flag = 0;
2054 s += 2;
2055 }
2056
2057 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2058
2059 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2060 case 'W':
2061 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2062 break;
2063 s += 2;
2064 continue;
2065
2066 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2067 case 'r':
2068 flag = 0;
2069 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2070 {
2071 flag = 5;
2072 s += 2;
2073 }
2074
2075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2076
2077 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2078 case 'Z':
2079 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2080 {
2081 flag = 1;
2082 s += 2;
2083 }
2084 else
2085 flag = 0;
2086
2087 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2088
2089 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2090 case 'i':
2091 flag = 0;
2092 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2093 {
2094 flag = 1;
2095 s += 2;
2096 }
2097
2098 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2099
2100 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2101 case 'z':
2102 flag = 1;
2103 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2104 {
2105 flag = 0;
2106 s += 2;
2107 }
2108
2109 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2110
2111 /* Handle add completer. */
2112 case 'a':
2113 flag = 1;
2114 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2115 {
2116 flag = 2;
2117 s += 2;
2118 }
2119 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2120 {
2121 flag = 3;
2122 s += 4;
2123 }
2124
2125 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2126
2127 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2128 case 'Y':
2129 flag = 0;
2130 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2131 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2132 {
2133 flag = 1;
2134 s += 7;
2135 }
2136 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2137 {
2138 flag = 0;
2139 s += 3;
2140 }
2141 else
2142 break;
2143
2144 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2145
2146 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2147 case 'y':
2148 flag = 0;
2149 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2150 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2151 {
2152 flag = 1;
2153 s += 6;
2154 }
2155 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2156 {
2157 flag = 0;
2158 s += 2;
2159 }
2160 else
2161 break;
2162
2163 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2164
2165 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2166 case 'v':
2167 flag = 0;
2168 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2169 {
2170 flag = 1;
2171 s += 4;
2172 }
2173
2174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2175
2176 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2177 case 't':
2178 flag = 0;
2179 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2180 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2181 {
2182 flag = 1;
2183 s += 7;
2184 }
2185 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2186 {
2187 flag = 0;
2188 s += 3;
2189 }
2190 else
2191 break;
2192
2193 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2194
2195 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2196 case 'B':
2197 flag = 0;
2198 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2199 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2200 {
2201 flag = 1;
2202 s += 7;
2203 }
2204 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2205 {
2206 flag = 0;
2207 s += 3;
2208 }
2209 else
2210 break;
2211
2212 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2213
2214 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2215 case 'b':
2216 flag = 0;
2217 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2218 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2219 {
2220 flag = 1;
2221 s += 6;
2222 }
2223 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2224 {
2225 flag = 0;
2226 s += 2;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 break;
2230
2231 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2232
2233 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2234 case 'T':
2235 flag = 0;
2236 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2237 {
2238 flag = 1;
2239 s += 3;
2240 }
2241
2242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2243
2244 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2245 case 'S':
2246 {
2247 int sign = 1;
2248 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2249 {
2250 sign = 1;
2251 s += 2;
2252 }
2253 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2254 {
2255 sign = 0;
2256 s += 2;
2257 }
2258
2259 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2263 case 'h':
2264 if (*s++ == ',')
2265 {
2266 int lr = 0;
2267 if (*s == 'r')
2268 lr = 2;
2269 else if (*s == 'l')
2270 lr = 0;
2271 else
2272 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2273
2274 s++;
2275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2276 }
2277 else
2278 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2279 break;
2280
2281 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2282 case 'H':
2283 {
2284 int sat = 3;
2285 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2286 {
2287 sat = 1;
2288 s += 3;
2289 }
2290 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2291 {
2292 sat = 0;
2293 s += 3;
2294 }
2295
2296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2297 }
2298
2299 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2300 case '*':
2301 if (*s++ == ',')
2302 {
2303 int permloc[4];
2304 int perm = 0;
2305 int i = 0;
2306 permloc[0] = 13;
2307 permloc[1] = 10;
2308 permloc[2] = 8;
2309 permloc[3] = 6;
2310 for (; i < 4; i++)
2311 {
2312 switch (*s++)
2313 {
2314 case '0':
2315 perm = 0;
2316 break;
2317 case '1':
2318 perm = 1;
2319 break;
2320 case '2':
2321 perm = 2;
2322 break;
2323 case '3':
2324 perm = 3;
2325 break;
2326 default:
2327 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2328 }
2329 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2330 }
2331 continue;
2332 }
2333 else
2334 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2335 break;
2336
2337 default:
2338 abort ();
2339 }
2340 break;
2341
2342 /* Handle all conditions. */
2343 case '?':
2344 {
2345 args++;
2346 switch (*args)
2347 {
2348 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2349 case 'f':
2350 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2352
2353 /* Handle an add condition. */
2354 case 'A':
2355 case 'a':
2356 cmpltr = 0;
2357 flag = 0;
2358 if (*s == ',')
2359 {
2360 s++;
2361
2362 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2363 if (*args == 'A')
2364 {
2365 if (*s == '*')
2366 s++;
2367 else
2368 break;
2369 }
2370 else if (*s == '*')
2371 break;
2372
2373 name = s;
2374 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2375 s += 1;
2376 c = *s;
2377 *s = 0x00;
2378 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2379 cmpltr = 1;
2380 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2381 cmpltr = 2;
2382 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2383 cmpltr = 3;
2384 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2385 cmpltr = 4;
2386 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2387 cmpltr = 5;
2388 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2389 cmpltr = 6;
2390 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2391 cmpltr = 7;
2392 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2393 {
2394 cmpltr = 0;
2395 flag = 1;
2396 }
2397 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2398 {
2399 cmpltr = 1;
2400 flag = 1;
2401 }
2402 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2403 {
2404 cmpltr = 2;
2405 flag = 1;
2406 }
2407 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2408 {
2409 cmpltr = 3;
2410 flag = 1;
2411 }
2412 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2413 {
2414 cmpltr = 4;
2415 flag = 1;
2416 }
2417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2418 {
2419 cmpltr = 5;
2420 flag = 1;
2421 }
2422 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2423 {
2424 cmpltr = 6;
2425 flag = 1;
2426 }
2427 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2428 {
2429 cmpltr = 7;
2430 flag = 1;
2431 }
2432 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2433 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
2434 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2435 *s = c;
2436 }
2437 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2438 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2439
2440 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2441 case 'd':
2442 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2443 if (cmpltr < 0)
2444 {
2445 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2446 cmpltr = 0;
2447 }
2448 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2449
2450 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2451 case 'W':
2452 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2453 if (cmpltr < 0)
2454 {
2455 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2456 cmpltr = 0;
2457 }
2458 else
2459 {
2460 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2461 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2462 }
2463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2464
2465 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2466 condition. */
2467 case '@':
2468 save_s = s;
2469 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2470 if (cmpltr < 0)
2471 {
2472 s = save_s;
2473 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2474 if (cmpltr < 0)
2475 {
2476 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2477 cmpltr = 0;
2478 }
2479 else
2480 {
2481 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2482 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2483 }
2484 }
2485 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2486
2487 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2488 case 'B':
2489 case 'b':
2490 cmpltr = 0;
2491 if (*s == ',')
2492 {
2493 s++;
2494
2495 if (*args == 'B')
2496 {
2497 if (*s == '*')
2498 s++;
2499 else
2500 break;
2501 }
2502 else if (*s == '*')
2503 break;
2504
2505 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2506 {
2507 cmpltr = 0;
2508 s++;
2509 }
2510 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2511 {
2512 cmpltr = 1;
2513 s += 2;
2514 }
2515 else
2516 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2517 }
2518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2519
2520 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2521 case 'S':
2522 case 's':
2523 cmpltr = 0;
2524 flag = 0;
2525 if (*s == ',')
2526 {
2527 s++;
2528
2529 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2530 if (*args == 'S')
2531 {
2532 if (*s == '*')
2533 s++;
2534 else
2535 break;
2536 }
2537 else if (*s == '*')
2538 break;
2539
2540 name = s;
2541 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2542 s += 1;
2543 c = *s;
2544 *s = 0x00;
2545 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2546 cmpltr = 1;
2547 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2548 cmpltr = 2;
2549 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2550 cmpltr = 3;
2551 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2552 cmpltr = 4;
2553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2554 cmpltr = 5;
2555 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2556 cmpltr = 6;
2557 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2558 cmpltr = 7;
2559 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2560 {
2561 cmpltr = 0;
2562 flag = 1;
2563 }
2564 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2565 {
2566 cmpltr = 1;
2567 flag = 1;
2568 }
2569 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2570 {
2571 cmpltr = 2;
2572 flag = 1;
2573 }
2574 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2575 {
2576 cmpltr = 3;
2577 flag = 1;
2578 }
2579 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2580 {
2581 cmpltr = 4;
2582 flag = 1;
2583 }
2584 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2585 {
2586 cmpltr = 5;
2587 flag = 1;
2588 }
2589 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2590 {
2591 cmpltr = 6;
2592 flag = 1;
2593 }
2594 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2595 {
2596 cmpltr = 7;
2597 flag = 1;
2598 }
2599 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2600 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
2601 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2602 name);
2603 *s = c;
2604 }
2605 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2607
2608 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2609 case 't':
2610 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2611 if (cmpltr < 0)
2612 {
2613 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2614 cmpltr = 0;
2615 }
2616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2617
2618 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2619 case 'n':
2620 save_s = s;
2621 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2622 if (cmpltr < 0)
2623 {
2624 s = save_s;
2625 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2626 if (cmpltr < 0)
2627 {
2628 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2629 cmpltr = 0;
2630 }
2631 else
2632 {
2633 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2634 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2635 }
2636 }
2637
2638 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2639
2640 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2641 case 'N':
2642 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2643 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2644 {
2645 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2646 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2647 }
2648 else
2649 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2650 break;
2651
2652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2653
2654 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2655 case 'Q':
2656 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2657 if (cmpltr < 0)
2658 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2659 break;
2660
2661 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2662
2663 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2664 case 'L':
2665 case 'l':
2666 cmpltr = 0;
2667 flag = 0;
2668 if (*s == ',')
2669 {
2670 s++;
2671
2672 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2673 if (*args == 'L')
2674 {
2675 if (*s == '*')
2676 s++;
2677 else
2678 break;
2679 }
2680 else if (*s == '*')
2681 break;
2682
2683 name = s;
2684 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2685 s += 1;
2686 c = *s;
2687 *s = 0x00;
2688
2689 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2690 cmpltr = 1;
2691 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2692 cmpltr = 2;
2693 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2694 cmpltr = 3;
2695 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2696 cmpltr = 7;
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 0;
2700 flag = 1;
2701 }
2702 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2703 {
2704 cmpltr = 1;
2705 flag = 1;
2706 }
2707 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = 2;
2710 flag = 1;
2711 }
2712 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2713 {
2714 cmpltr = 3;
2715 flag = 1;
2716 }
2717 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2718 {
2719 cmpltr = 7;
2720 flag = 1;
2721 }
2722 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2723 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
2724 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2725 *s = c;
2726 }
2727 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2729
2730 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2731 case 'X':
2732 case 'x':
2733 case 'y':
2734 cmpltr = 0;
2735 if (*s == ',')
2736 {
2737 save_s = s++;
2738
2739 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2740 if (*args == 'X')
2741 {
2742 if (*s == '*')
2743 s++;
2744 else
2745 break;
2746 }
2747 else if (*s == '*')
2748 break;
2749
2750 name = s;
2751 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2752 s += 1;
2753 c = *s;
2754 *s = 0x00;
2755 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2756 cmpltr = 1;
2757 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2758 cmpltr = 2;
2759 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2760 cmpltr = 3;
2761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2762 cmpltr = 4;
2763 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2764 cmpltr = 5;
2765 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2766 cmpltr = 6;
2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2768 cmpltr = 7;
2769 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2770 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2772 {
2773 *s = c;
2774 s = save_s;
2775 continue;
2776 }
2777 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2778 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
2779 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2780 *s = c;
2781 }
2782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2783
2784 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2785 case 'U':
2786 case 'u':
2787 cmpltr = 0;
2788 flag = 0;
2789 if (*s == ',')
2790 {
2791 s++;
2792
2793 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2794 if (*args == 'U')
2795 {
2796 if (*s == '*')
2797 s++;
2798 else
2799 break;
2800 }
2801 else if (*s == '*')
2802 break;
2803
2804 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2805 {
2806 cmpltr = 2;
2807 s += 3;
2808 }
2809 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2810 {
2811 cmpltr = 3;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 4;
2817 s += 3;
2818 }
2819 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2820 {
2821 cmpltr = 6;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
2824 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2825 {
2826 cmpltr = 7;
2827 s += 3;
2828 }
2829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 0;
2832 flag = 1;
2833 s += 2;
2834 }
2835 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 2;
2838 flag = 1;
2839 s += 3;
2840 }
2841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 3;
2844 flag = 1;
2845 s += 3;
2846 }
2847 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 4;
2850 flag = 1;
2851 s += 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 6;
2856 flag = 1;
2857 s += 3;
2858 }
2859 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 7;
2862 flag = 1;
2863 s += 3;
2864 }
2865 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 1;
2868 flag = 0;
2869 s += 3;
2870 }
2871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2872 {
2873 cmpltr = 5;
2874 flag = 0;
2875 s += 3;
2876 }
2877 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 1;
2880 flag = 1;
2881 s += 3;
2882 }
2883 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2884 {
2885 cmpltr = 5;
2886 flag = 1;
2887 s += 3;
2888 }
2889 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2890 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
2891 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2892 }
2893 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2894 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2895
2896 default:
2897 abort ();
2898 }
2899 break;
2900 }
2901
2902 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2903 case 'n':
2904 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2906
2907 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2908 case 'N':
2909 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2911
2912 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2913 case 'L':
2914 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2915 s += 4;
2916 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2917 s += 4;
2918 else
2919 break;
2920 continue;
2921
2922 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2923 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2924 case 'h':
2925 get_expression (s);
2926 s = expr_end;
2927 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2928 {
2929 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2930 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2931 num++;
2932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2933 }
2934 else
2935 break;
2936
2937 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2938 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2939 case 'm':
2940 get_expression (s);
2941 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2942 {
2943 s = expr_end;
2944 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2945 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2946 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2947 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2948 }
2949 else
2950 break;
2951
2952 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2953 case '=':
2954 {
2955 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2956 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2957 }
2958
2959 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2960 case 'i':
2961 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2962 get_expression (s);
2963 s = expr_end;
2964 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2965 {
2966 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2967 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2968 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2969 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2970 }
2971 else
2972 {
2973 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2974 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2975 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2976 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2977 else
2978 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2979 the_insn.format = 11;
2980 continue;
2981 }
2982
2983 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2984 case 'J':
2985 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2986 get_expression (s);
2987 s = expr_end;
2988 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2989 {
2990 int mb;
2991
2992 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2993 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2994 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2995 good to rethink this. */
2996 mb = opcode & 1;
2997 opcode -= mb;
2998 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2999 if (mb != (num < 0))
3000 break;
3001 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3002 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3003 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3004 }
3005 break;
3006
3007 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3008 case 'K':
3009 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3010 get_expression (s);
3011 s = expr_end;
3012 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3013 {
3014 int mb;
3015
3016 mb = opcode & 1;
3017 opcode -= mb;
3018 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3019 if (mb == (num < 0))
3020 break;
3021 if (num % 4)
3022 break;
3023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3024 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3025 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3026 }
3027 break;
3028
3029 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3030 case '<':
3031 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3032 get_expression (s);
3033 s = expr_end;
3034 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3035 {
3036 int mb;
3037
3038 mb = opcode & 1;
3039 opcode -= mb;
3040 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3041 if (mb != (num < 0))
3042 break;
3043 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3044 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3046 }
3047 break;
3048
3049 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3050 case '>':
3051 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3052 get_expression (s);
3053 s = expr_end;
3054 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3055 {
3056 int mb;
3057
3058 mb = opcode & 1;
3059 opcode -= mb;
3060 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3061 if (mb == (num < 0))
3062 break;
3063 if (num % 4)
3064 break;
3065 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3066 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3067 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3068 }
3069 break;
3070
3071 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3072 case '#':
3073 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
3074 break;
3075 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3076 get_expression (s);
3077 s = expr_end;
3078 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3079 {
3080 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3081 if (num & 0x7)
3082 break;
3083 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3084 if (num < 0)
3085 opcode |= 1;
3086 num &= 0x1fff;
3087 num >>= 3;
3088 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3089 }
3090 else
3091 {
3092 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3094 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3096 else
3097 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3098 the_insn.format = 14;
3099 continue;
3100 }
3101 break;
3102
3103 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3104 case 'd':
3105 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3106 get_expression (s);
3107 s = expr_end;
3108 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3109 {
3110 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3111 if (num & 0x3)
3112 break;
3113 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3114 if (num < 0)
3115 opcode |= 1;
3116 num &= 0x1fff;
3117 num >>= 2;
3118 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3119 }
3120 else
3121 {
3122 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3123 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3124 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3125 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3126 else
3127 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3128 the_insn.format = 14;
3129 continue;
3130 }
3131
3132 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3133 case 'j':
3134 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3135 get_expression (s);
3136 s = expr_end;
3137 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3138 {
3139 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3140 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3141 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3142 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3143 }
3144 else
3145 {
3146 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3147 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3148 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3149 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3150 else
3151 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3152 the_insn.format = 14;
3153 continue;
3154 }
3155
3156 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3157 case 'k':
3158 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3159 get_expression (s);
3160 s = expr_end;
3161 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3162 {
3163 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3164 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3165 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3166 continue;
3167 }
3168 else
3169 {
3170 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3171 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3172 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3173 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3174 else
3175 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3176 the_insn.format = 21;
3177 continue;
3178 }
3179
3180 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3181 case 'l':
3182 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3183 get_expression (s);
3184 s = expr_end;
3185 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3186 {
3187 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3188 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3189 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3190 continue;
3191 }
3192 else
3193 {
3194 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3195 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3196 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3197 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3198 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 else
3200 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3201 the_insn.format = 14;
3202 continue;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3206 case 'y':
3207 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3208 get_expression (s);
3209 s = expr_end;
3210 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3211 {
3212 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3213 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3214 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3215 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3216 continue;
3217 }
3218 else
3219 {
3220 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3221 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3222 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3223 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3224 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3225 else
3226 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3227 the_insn.format = 14;
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230
3231 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3232 case '&':
3233 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3234 get_expression (s);
3235 s = expr_end;
3236 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3237 {
3238 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3239 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3240 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3241 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3242 continue;
3243 }
3244 else
3245 {
3246 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3247 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3248 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3249 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3250 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3251 else
3252 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3253 the_insn.format = 14;
3254 continue;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3258 case 'w':
3259 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3260 get_expression (s);
3261 s = expr_end;
3262 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3263 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3264 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3265 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3266 {
3267 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3268 if (num % 4)
3269 {
3270 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3271 break;
3272 }
3273 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3274 num -= 8;
3275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3276 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3277 continue;
3278 }
3279 else
3280 {
3281 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3282 the_insn.format = 12;
3283 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3284 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3285 s = expr_end;
3286 continue;
3287 }
3288
3289 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3290 case 'W':
3291 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3292 get_expression (s);
3293 s = expr_end;
3294 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3295 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3296 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3297 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3298 {
3299 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3300 if (num % 4)
3301 {
3302 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3303 break;
3304 }
3305 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3306 num -= 8;
3307 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3308 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3309 continue;
3310 }
3311 else
3312 {
3313 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3314 the_insn.format = 17;
3315 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3316 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3317 continue;
3318 }
3319
3320 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3321 case 'X':
3322 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3323 get_expression (s);
3324 s = expr_end;
3325 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3326 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3327 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3328 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3329 {
3330 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3331 if (num % 4)
3332 {
3333 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3334 break;
3335 }
3336 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3337 num -= 8;
3338 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3339 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3344 the_insn.format = 22;
3345 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3346 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3347 continue;
3348 }
3349
3350 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3351 case 'z':
3352 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3353 get_expression (s);
3354 s = expr_end;
3355 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3356 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3357 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3358 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3359 {
3360 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3361 if (num % 4)
3362 {
3363 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3367 num -= 8;
3368 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3369 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372 else
3373 {
3374 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3375 the_insn.format = 17;
3376 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3377 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3378 continue;
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3382 case 'Z':
3383 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3384 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3385 {
3386 s += 4;
3387 continue;
3388 }
3389 else
3390 break;
3391
3392 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3393 case 'Y':
3394 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3395 break;
3396 s += 9;
3397 continue;
3398
3399 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3400 case '@':
3401 if (*s != '0')
3402 break;
3403 s++;
3404 continue;
3405
3406 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3407 case '.':
3408 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3409 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3410 break;
3411 s = expr_end;
3412 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3414
3415 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3416 case '*':
3417 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3418 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3419 break;
3420 s = expr_end;
3421 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3425 case 'p':
3426 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3427 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3428 break;
3429 s = expr_end;
3430 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3432
3433 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3434 case '~':
3435 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3436 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3437 break;
3438 s = expr_end;
3439 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3440 num = 63 - num;
3441 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3443
3444 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3445 case '%':
3446 flag = 0;
3447 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3448 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3449 break;
3450 s = expr_end;
3451 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3452 num--;
3453 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3454 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3455 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3456
3457 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3458 case '|':
3459 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3460 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3461 break;
3462 s = expr_end;
3463 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3464 num--;
3465 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3466 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3467 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3468
3469 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3470 case 'P':
3471 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3472 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3473 break;
3474 s = expr_end;
3475 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3476 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3477
3478 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3479 case 'q':
3480 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3481 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3482 break;
3483 s = expr_end;
3484 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3485 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3486 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3487
3488 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3489 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3490 case 'B':
3491 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3492 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3493 break;
3494 s = expr_end;
3495 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3496 if (num & 0x20)
3497 ;
3498 else
3499 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3500 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3501
3502 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3503 case 'Q':
3504 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3505 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3506 break;
3507 s = expr_end;
3508 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3512 case '$':
3513 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3514 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3515 break;
3516 s = expr_end;
3517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3519
3520 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3521 case 'A':
3522 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3523 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3524 break;
3525 s = expr_end;
3526 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3528
3529 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3530 case 'D':
3531 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3532 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3533 break;
3534 s = expr_end;
3535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3537
3538 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3539 case 'v':
3540 if (*s++ != ',')
3541 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3542 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3543 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3544 break;
3545 s = expr_end;
3546 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3547 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3548
3549 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3550 case 'O':
3551 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3552 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3553 break;
3554 s = expr_end;
3555 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3556 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3557 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3558
3559 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3560 case 'o':
3561 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3562 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3563 break;
3564 s = expr_end;
3565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3567
3568 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3569 case '0':
3570 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3571 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3572 break;
3573 s = expr_end;
3574 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3575 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3577
3578 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3579 case '1':
3580 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3581 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3582 break;
3583 s = expr_end;
3584 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3585 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3587
3588 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3589 case 'u':
3590 if (*s++ != ',')
3591 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3592 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3593 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3594 break;
3595 s = expr_end;
3596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3597 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3598
3599 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3600 case '2':
3601 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3602 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3603 break;
3604 s = expr_end;
3605 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3606 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3608
3609 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3610 case '{':
3611 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3612 {
3613 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3614 s += 2;
3615 }
3616 else
3617 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3620 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3621 flag = SGL;
3622 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3623 flag = DBL;
3624 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3625 flag = QUAD;
3626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627
3628 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3629 case '_':
3630 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3631 s--;
3632 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3633 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3634 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3635 flag = SGL;
3636 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3637 flag = DBL;
3638 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3639 flag = QUAD;
3640 opcode |= flag << 13;
3641 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3642 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3643 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3644 {
3645 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3646 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3647 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3648 flag = 0;
3649 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3650 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3651 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3652 flag = 2;
3653 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3654 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3655 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3656 flag = 6;
3657 else
3658 abort ();
3659 }
3660 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3661 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3662 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3663 {
3664 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3665 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3666 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3667 flag = 1;
3668 else
3669 abort ();
3670 }
3671 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3672 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3673 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3674 {
3675 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3676 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3677 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3678 flag = 5;
3679 else
3680 abort ();
3681 }
3682 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3684
3685 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3686 case 'F':
3687 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3688 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3690
3691 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3692 case 'G':
3693 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3694 s--;
3695 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3696 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3698
3699 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3700 case 'I':
3701 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3702 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3703 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3704
3705 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3706 Only allows single and double precision. */
3707 case 'H':
3708 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3709 switch (flag)
3710 {
3711 case SGL:
3712 opcode |= 0x20;
3713 case DBL:
3714 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3715 continue;
3716
3717 case QUAD:
3718 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3719 default:
3720 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3721 }
3722 break;
3723
3724 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3725 case 'f':
3726 switch (*++args)
3727 {
3728 /* Float target register. */
3729 case 't':
3730 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3731 break;
3732 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3733 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3734 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3735
3736 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3737 case 'T':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= num;
3744
3745 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3746 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3747 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3748 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3749 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3750 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3751
3752 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 /* Float operand 1. */
3757 case 'a':
3758 {
3759 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3760 break;
3761 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3762 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3763 opcode |= num << 21;
3764 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3765 {
3766 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3767 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3768 }
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3773 case 'X':
3774 case 'A':
3775 {
3776 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3777 break;
3778 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3780 opcode |= num << 21;
3781 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3782 continue;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Float operand 2. */
3786 case 'b':
3787 {
3788 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3789 break;
3790 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3792 opcode |= num << 16;
3793 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3794 {
3795 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3796 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3797 }
3798 continue;
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3802 case 'B':
3803 {
3804 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3805 break;
3806 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3807 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3808 opcode |= num << 16;
3809 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3810 continue;
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3814 case 'C':
3815 {
3816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3817 break;
3818 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3820 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3821 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3822 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3823 continue;
3824 }
3825
3826 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3827 case 'i':
3828 {
3829 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3830 break;
3831 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3832 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3833 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3834 {
3835 if (num < 16)
3836 {
3837 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3838 break;
3839 }
3840 num &= 0xF;
3841 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3842 }
3843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3844 }
3845
3846 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3847 case 'j':
3848 {
3849 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3850 break;
3851 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3852 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3853 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3854 {
3855 if (num < 16)
3856 {
3857 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3858 break;
3859 }
3860 num &= 0xF;
3861 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3862 }
3863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3867 case 'k':
3868 {
3869 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3870 break;
3871 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3872 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3873 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3874 {
3875 if (num < 16)
3876 {
3877 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3878 break;
3879 }
3880 num &= 0xF;
3881 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3882 }
3883 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3887 case 'l':
3888 {
3889 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3890 break;
3891 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3892 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3893 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3894 {
3895 if (num < 16)
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3898 break;
3899 }
3900 num &= 0xF;
3901 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3902 }
3903 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3904 }
3905
3906 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3907 case 'm':
3908 {
3909 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3910 break;
3911 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3912 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3913 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3914 {
3915 if (num < 16)
3916 {
3917 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3918 break;
3919 }
3920 num &= 0xF;
3921 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3922 }
3923 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3927 case 'E':
3928 case 'e':
3929 {
3930 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3931 break;
3932 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3933 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3934 opcode |= num << 16;
3935 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3936 {
3937 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3938 }
3939 continue;
3940 }
3941
3942 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3943 case 'x':
3944 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3945 break;
3946 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3947 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3948 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3949
3950 default:
3951 abort ();
3952 }
3953 break;
3954
3955 default:
3956 abort ();
3957 }
3958 break;
3959 }
3960
3961 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
3962 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
3963 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
3964 if (match == TRUE
3965 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
3966 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
3967 {
3968 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
3969 match = FALSE;
3970 }
3971
3972 failed:
3973 /* Check if the args matched. */
3974 if (!match)
3975 {
3976 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3977 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3978 {
3979 ++insn;
3980 s = argstart;
3981 continue;
3982 }
3983 else
3984 {
3985 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3986 return;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 break;
3990 }
3991
3992 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3993 }
3994
3995 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3996 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3997 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3998
3999 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
4000
4001 char *
4002 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
4003 char type;
4004 char *litP;
4005 int *sizeP;
4006 {
4007 int prec;
4008 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
4009 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
4010 char *t;
4011
4012 switch (type)
4013 {
4014
4015 case 'f':
4016 case 'F':
4017 case 's':
4018 case 'S':
4019 prec = 2;
4020 break;
4021
4022 case 'd':
4023 case 'D':
4024 case 'r':
4025 case 'R':
4026 prec = 4;
4027 break;
4028
4029 case 'x':
4030 case 'X':
4031 prec = 6;
4032 break;
4033
4034 case 'p':
4035 case 'P':
4036 prec = 6;
4037 break;
4038
4039 default:
4040 *sizeP = 0;
4041 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4042 }
4043 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4044 if (t)
4045 input_line_pointer = t;
4046 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4047 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4048 {
4049 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4050 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4051 }
4052 return NULL;
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Write out big-endian. */
4056
4057 void
4058 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4059 char *buf;
4060 valueT val;
4061 int n;
4062 {
4063 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4064 }
4065
4066 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4067 format. */
4068
4069 arelent **
4070 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4071 asection *section;
4072 fixS *fixp;
4073 {
4074 arelent *reloc;
4075 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4076 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4077 arelent **relocs;
4078 reloc_type **codes;
4079 reloc_type code;
4080 int n_relocs;
4081 int i;
4082
4083 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4084 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4085 return &no_relocs;
4086
4087 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4088 assert (section != 0);
4089
4090 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4091
4092 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4093 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4094 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4095 fixp->fx_r_type,
4096 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4097 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4098 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4099 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4100
4101 if (codes == NULL)
4102 {
4103 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4104 abort ();
4105 }
4106
4107 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4108 ;
4109
4110 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4111 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4112 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4113 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4114
4115 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4116
4117 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4118 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4119 {
4120 default:
4121 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4122
4123 code = *codes[0];
4124
4125 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4126 switch (code)
4127 {
4128 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4129 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4130 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4131 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4132 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4133 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4134 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4135 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4136 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4137 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4138
4139 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4140 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4141 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4142 reloc->addend = 0;
4143 break;
4144
4145 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4146 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4147 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4148 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4149 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4150 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4151 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4152 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4153 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4154 fixp->fx_offset);
4155 break;
4156 #endif
4157
4158 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4159 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4160 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4161 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4162 /* Fall thru */
4163
4164 default:
4165 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4166 break;
4167 }
4168
4169 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4170 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4171 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4172 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4173 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4174
4175 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4176 break;
4177 }
4178 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4179
4180 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4181 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4182 {
4183 code = *codes[i];
4184
4185 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4186 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4187 relocs[i]->howto =
4188 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4189 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4190 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4191
4192 switch (code)
4193 {
4194 case R_COMP2:
4195 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4196 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4197 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4198 assert (i == 1);
4199 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
4200 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
4201 relocs[0]->howto
4202 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4203 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4204 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4205 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4206 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4207 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4208 relocs[1]->howto
4209 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4210 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4211 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4212 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4213 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4214 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4215 relocs[2]->howto
4216 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4217 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4218 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4219 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4220 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
4221 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
4222 relocs[3]->howto
4223 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4224 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4225 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4226 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4227 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
4228 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
4229 relocs[4]->howto
4230 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4231 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4232 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4233 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4234 goto done;
4235 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4236 case R_ABS_CALL:
4237 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4238 break;
4239
4240 case R_DLT_REL:
4241 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4242 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4243 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4244 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4245 (static link required).
4246
4247 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4248
4249 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4250 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4251 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4252 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4253 break;
4254
4255 case R_N_MODE:
4256 case R_S_MODE:
4257 case R_D_MODE:
4258 case R_R_MODE:
4259 case R_FSEL:
4260 case R_LSEL:
4261 case R_RSEL:
4262 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4263 case R_END_BRTAB:
4264 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4265 case R_N0SEL:
4266 case R_N1SEL:
4267 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4268 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4269 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4270 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4271 break;
4272
4273 case R_END_TRY:
4274 case R_ENTRY:
4275 case R_EXIT:
4276 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4277 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4278 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4279 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4280 break;
4281
4282 default:
4283 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4284 }
4285 }
4286
4287 done:
4288 #endif
4289
4290 return relocs;
4291 }
4292
4293 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4294
4295 void
4296 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4297 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4298 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4299 register fragS *fragP;
4300 {
4301 unsigned int address;
4302
4303 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4304 {
4305 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4306 {
4307 case 0:
4308 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4309 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4310 know (fragP->fr_next);
4311 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4312 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4313 {
4314 fragP->fr_offset =
4315 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4316 - fragP->fr_address
4317 - fragP->fr_fix;
4318 }
4319 else
4320 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4321 break;
4322 }
4323 }
4324 }
4325
4326 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4327
4328 valueT
4329 md_section_align (segment, size)
4330 asection *segment;
4331 valueT size;
4332 {
4333 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4334 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4335
4336 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4337 }
4338
4339 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4340 int
4341 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4342 register fragS *fragP;
4343 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4344 {
4345 int size;
4346
4347 size = 0;
4348
4349 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4350 size++;
4351
4352 return size;
4353 }
4354 \f
4355 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4356 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4357 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4358 # else
4359 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4360 # endif
4361 #else
4362 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4363 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4364 # else
4365 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4366 # endif
4367 #endif
4368
4369 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4370 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4371 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4372 #endif
4373 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4374 };
4375 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4376
4377 int
4378 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4379 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4380 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4381 {
4382 switch (c)
4383 {
4384 default:
4385 return 0;
4386
4387 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4388 case 'V':
4389 print_version_id ();
4390 break;
4391 #endif
4392 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4393 case 'c':
4394 warn_comment = 1;
4395 break;
4396 #endif
4397 }
4398
4399 return 1;
4400 }
4401
4402 void
4403 md_show_usage (stream)
4404 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4405 {
4406 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4407 fprintf (stream, _("\
4408 -Q ignored\n"));
4409 #endif
4410 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4411 fprintf (stream, _("\
4412 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4413 #endif
4414 }
4415 \f
4416 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4417
4418 symbolS *
4419 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4420 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4421 {
4422 return 0;
4423 }
4424
4425 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4426 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4427 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4428 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4429 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4430 #else
4431 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4432 #endif
4433
4434 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4435
4436 void
4437 md_apply_fix (fixP, valP, seg)
4438 fixS *fixP;
4439 valueT *valP;
4440 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4441 {
4442 char *fixpos;
4443 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4444 offsetT new_val;
4445 int insn, val, fmt;
4446
4447 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4448 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4449 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4450 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4451 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4452 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4453 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4454 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4455 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4456 return;
4457
4458 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4459 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4460 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4461 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4462 {
4463 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4464 return;
4465 }
4466 #endif
4467 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4468 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4469 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4470 return;
4471 #endif
4472
4473 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4474 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4475
4476 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
4477 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4478 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4479 {
4480 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4481 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4482 fixP->fx_r_type);
4483 return;
4484 }
4485
4486 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4487
4488 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
4489 {
4490 /* Handle constant output. */
4491 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
4492 return;
4493 }
4494
4495 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
4496 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4497
4498 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4499 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4500 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4501 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4502 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4503 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4504 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4505 && fmt != 32
4506 #endif
4507 )
4508 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4509 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4510 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4511 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4512 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4513 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4514 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4515 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4516 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4517 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4518 #endif
4519 else
4520 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4521
4522 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4523 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4524 && fixP->fx_addsy
4525 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4526 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4527 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4528 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4529 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4530 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4531 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4532 #endif
4533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4534 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4535 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4536 #endif
4537 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4538 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4539 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4540 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4541 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4542 {
4543 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4544 }
4545
4546 switch (fmt)
4547 {
4548 case 10:
4549 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4550 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4551 val = new_val;
4552
4553 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4554 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4555 break;
4556 case -11:
4557 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4558 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4559 val = new_val;
4560
4561 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4562 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4563 break;
4564 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4565 case 14:
4566 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4567 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4568 val = new_val;
4569
4570 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4571 break;
4572
4573 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4574 case 21:
4575 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4576 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4577 val = new_val;
4578
4579 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4580 break;
4581
4582 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4583 case 11:
4584 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4585 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4586 val = new_val;
4587
4588 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4589 break;
4590
4591 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4592 case 12:
4593 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4594 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4595 val = new_val - 8;
4596
4597 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4598 break;
4599
4600 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4601 case 17:
4602 {
4603 offsetT distance = * valP;
4604
4605 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4606 range target, then we want to complain. */
4607 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4608 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4609 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4610 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4611
4612 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4613 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4614 val = new_val - 8;
4615
4616 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4617 break;
4618 }
4619
4620 case 22:
4621 {
4622 offsetT distance = * valP;
4623
4624 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4625 range target, then we want to complain. */
4626 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4627 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4628 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4629 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4630
4631 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4632 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4633 val = new_val - 8;
4634
4635 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4636 break;
4637 }
4638
4639 case -10:
4640 val = new_val;
4641 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4642 break;
4643
4644 case -16:
4645 val = new_val;
4646 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4647 break;
4648
4649 case 16:
4650 val = new_val;
4651 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4652 break;
4653
4654 case 32:
4655 insn = new_val;
4656 break;
4657
4658 default:
4659 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4660 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4661 return;
4662 }
4663
4664 /* Insert the relocation. */
4665 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
4666 }
4667
4668 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4669 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4670
4671 long
4672 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4673 fixS *fixP;
4674 {
4675 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4676 }
4677
4678 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4679 a statement. */
4680
4681 static int
4682 is_end_of_statement ()
4683 {
4684 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4685 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4686 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4687 }
4688
4689 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4690 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4691 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4692
4693 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4694 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4695 returned in `pa_number'.
4696
4697 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4698 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4699 not set.
4700
4701 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4702 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4703
4704 static int
4705 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4706 char **s;
4707 int is_float;
4708 {
4709 int num;
4710 char *name;
4711 char c;
4712 symbolS *sym;
4713 int status;
4714 char *p = *s;
4715 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4716
4717 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4718 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4719 p = p + 1;
4720
4721 pa_number = -1;
4722 have_prefix = 0;
4723 num = 0;
4724 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4725 {
4726 /* Looks like a number. */
4727
4728 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4729 {
4730 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4731 p += 2;
4732 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4733 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4734 {
4735 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4736 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4737 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4738 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4739 else
4740 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4741 ++p;
4742 }
4743 }
4744 else
4745 {
4746 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4747 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4748 {
4749 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4750 ++p;
4751 }
4752 }
4753
4754 pa_number = num;
4755
4756 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4757 if (is_float)
4758 {
4759 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4760 if (! (is_float & 2))
4761 {
4762 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4763 {
4764 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4765 ++p;
4766 }
4767 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4768 {
4769 ++p;
4770 }
4771 }
4772 }
4773 }
4774 else if (*p == '%')
4775 {
4776 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4777 have_prefix = 1;
4778 name = p;
4779 p++;
4780 c = *p;
4781 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4782 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4783 slow. */
4784 if (c == 'r')
4785 {
4786 p++;
4787 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4788 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4789 {
4790 p += 2;
4791 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4792 p++;
4793 }
4794 else if (*p == 'p')
4795 {
4796 num = 2;
4797 p++;
4798 }
4799 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4800 {
4801 if (print_errors)
4802 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4803 num = -1;
4804 }
4805 else
4806 {
4807 do
4808 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4809 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4810 }
4811 }
4812 else
4813 {
4814 /* Do a normal register search. */
4815 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4816 {
4817 p = p + 1;
4818 c = *p;
4819 }
4820 *p = 0;
4821 status = reg_name_search (name);
4822 if (status >= 0)
4823 num = status;
4824 else
4825 {
4826 if (print_errors)
4827 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4828 num = -1;
4829 }
4830 *p = c;
4831 }
4832
4833 pa_number = num;
4834 }
4835 else
4836 {
4837 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4838 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4839 name = p;
4840 c = *p;
4841 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4842 {
4843 p = p + 1;
4844 c = *p;
4845 }
4846 *p = 0;
4847 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4848 {
4849 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4850 {
4851 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4852 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4853 register, so... */
4854 have_prefix = TRUE;
4855 }
4856 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4857 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4858 else if (!strict)
4859 {
4860 if (print_errors)
4861 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4862 num = -1;
4863 }
4864 }
4865 else if (!strict)
4866 {
4867 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4868 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4869 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4870 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4871 if (*name == 0)
4872 num = 0;
4873 else
4874 {
4875 if (print_errors)
4876 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4877 num = -1;
4878 }
4879 }
4880 *p = c;
4881
4882 pa_number = num;
4883 }
4884
4885 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4886 {
4887 *s = p;
4888 return 1;
4889 }
4890 return 0;
4891 }
4892
4893 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4894
4895 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4896 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4897
4898 static int
4899 reg_name_search (name)
4900 char *name;
4901 {
4902 int middle, low, high;
4903 int cmp;
4904
4905 low = 0;
4906 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4907
4908 do
4909 {
4910 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4911 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4912 if (cmp < 0)
4913 high = middle - 1;
4914 else if (cmp > 0)
4915 low = middle + 1;
4916 else
4917 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4918 }
4919 while (low <= high);
4920
4921 return -1;
4922 }
4923
4924 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4925 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4926
4927 static int
4928 need_pa11_opcode ()
4929 {
4930 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4931 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4932 {
4933 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4934 then set a new architecture. */
4935 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4936 {
4937 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4938 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4939 }
4940 return TRUE;
4941 }
4942 else
4943 return FALSE;
4944 }
4945
4946 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4947 code associated with the condition. */
4948
4949 static int
4950 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4951 char **s;
4952 {
4953 int cond, i;
4954
4955 cond = 0;
4956
4957 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4958 {
4959 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4960 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4961 {
4962 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4963 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4964 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4965 report an error. */
4966 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4967 {
4968 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4969 break;
4970 }
4971 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4972 *s = *s + 1;
4973 return cond;
4974 }
4975 }
4976
4977 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4978
4979 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4980 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4981 *s += 1;
4982
4983 return 0;
4984 }
4985
4986 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4987
4988 static int
4989 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4990 char **s;
4991 {
4992 int value;
4993
4994 value = 0;
4995 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4996 {
4997 value = 5;
4998 *s += 4;
4999 }
5000 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
5001 {
5002 value = 9;
5003 *s += 4;
5004 }
5005 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
5006 {
5007 value = 13;
5008 *s += 4;
5009 }
5010 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
5011 {
5012 value = 17;
5013 *s += 4;
5014 }
5015 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
5016 {
5017 value = 1;
5018 *s += 3;
5019 }
5020 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
5021 {
5022 value = 6;
5023 *s += 4;
5024 }
5025 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
5026 {
5027 value = 2;
5028 *s += 3;
5029 }
5030 else
5031 {
5032 value = 0;
5033 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5034 }
5035
5036 return value;
5037 }
5038
5039 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5040 type. */
5041
5042 static fp_operand_format
5043 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5044 char **s;
5045 {
5046 int format;
5047
5048 format = SGL;
5049 if (**s == ',')
5050 {
5051 *s += 1;
5052 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5053 {
5054 format = SGL;
5055 *s += 4;
5056 }
5057 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5058 {
5059 format = DBL;
5060 *s += 4;
5061 }
5062 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5063 {
5064 format = QUAD;
5065 *s += 5;
5066 }
5067 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5068 {
5069 format = W;
5070 *s += 2;
5071 }
5072 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5073 {
5074 format = UW;
5075 *s += 3;
5076 }
5077 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5078 {
5079 format = DW;
5080 *s += 3;
5081 }
5082 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5083 {
5084 format = UDW;
5085 *s += 4;
5086 }
5087 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5088 {
5089 format = QW;
5090 *s += 3;
5091 }
5092 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5093 {
5094 format = UQW;
5095 *s += 4;
5096 }
5097 else
5098 {
5099 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5100 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5101 }
5102 }
5103
5104 return format;
5105 }
5106
5107 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5108 type. */
5109
5110 static fp_operand_format
5111 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5112 char **s;
5113 {
5114 int format;
5115
5116 format = SGL;
5117 if (**s == ',')
5118 {
5119 *s += 1;
5120 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5121 {
5122 format = SGL;
5123 *s += 4;
5124 }
5125 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5126 {
5127 format = DBL;
5128 *s += 4;
5129 }
5130 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5131 {
5132 format = QUAD;
5133 *s += 5;
5134 }
5135 else
5136 {
5137 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5138 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5139 }
5140 }
5141
5142 return format;
5143 }
5144
5145 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5146
5147 static int
5148 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5149 char **str;
5150 {
5151 int middle, low, high;
5152 int cmp;
5153 char name[4];
5154
5155 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5156 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5157 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5158 *str = *str + 1;
5159
5160 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5161 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5162 name[1] = 0;
5163 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5164 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5165 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5166 name[2] = 0;
5167 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5168 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5169 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5170 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5171 name[3] = 0;
5172 else
5173 return e_fsel;
5174
5175 low = 0;
5176 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5177
5178 do
5179 {
5180 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5181 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5182 if (cmp < 0)
5183 high = middle - 1;
5184 else if (cmp > 0)
5185 low = middle + 1;
5186 else
5187 {
5188 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5189 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5190 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5191 return e_fsel;
5192 #endif
5193 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5194 }
5195 }
5196 while (low <= high);
5197
5198 return e_fsel;
5199 }
5200
5201 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5202
5203 static int
5204 get_expression (str)
5205 char *str;
5206 {
5207 char *save_in;
5208 asection *seg;
5209
5210 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5211 input_line_pointer = str;
5212 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5213 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5214 || seg == undefined_section
5215 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5216 {
5217 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5218 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5219 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5220 return 1;
5221 }
5222 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5223 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5224 return 0;
5225 }
5226
5227 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5228 static int
5229 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5230 struct pa_it *insn;
5231 char **strp;
5232 {
5233 char *save_in;
5234
5235 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5236 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5237 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5238 expression (&insn->exp);
5239 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5240
5241 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
5242 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5243 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5244
5245 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
5246 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5247 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5248 {
5249 char *s, c;
5250 int retval;
5251
5252 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5253 s = *strp;
5254 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5255 s++;
5256
5257 c = *s;
5258 *s = 0;
5259
5260 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5261
5262 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5263 *s = c;
5264 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5265 }
5266 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5267 and return to our caller. */
5268 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5269 {
5270 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5271 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5272 return 0;
5273 }
5274 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5275 {
5276 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5277 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5278 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5279 return 0;
5280 }
5281 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5282 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5283 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5284 }
5285
5286 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5287 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5288 static int
5289 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5290 struct pa_it *insn;
5291 {
5292 offsetT value;
5293 expressionS exp;
5294 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5295
5296 exp = insn->exp;
5297 value = exp.X_add_number;
5298
5299 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5300 }
5301
5302 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5303 argument location number. */
5304
5305 static unsigned int
5306 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5307 char *type_name;
5308 {
5309
5310 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5311 return 0;
5312 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5313 return 1;
5314 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5315 return 2;
5316 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5317 return 3;
5318 else
5319 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5320
5321 return 0;
5322 }
5323
5324 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5325 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5326
5327 static unsigned int
5328 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5329 unsigned int reg;
5330 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5331 {
5332 unsigned int new_reloc;
5333
5334 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5335 switch (reg)
5336 {
5337 case 0:
5338 new_reloc <<= 8;
5339 break;
5340 case 1:
5341 new_reloc <<= 6;
5342 break;
5343 case 2:
5344 new_reloc <<= 4;
5345 break;
5346 case 3:
5347 new_reloc <<= 2;
5348 break;
5349 default:
5350 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5351 }
5352
5353 return new_reloc;
5354 }
5355
5356 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5357 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5358
5359 static int
5360 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5361 char **s;
5362 {
5363 int nullif;
5364
5365 nullif = 0;
5366 if (**s == ',')
5367 {
5368 *s = *s + 1;
5369 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5370 nullif = 1;
5371 else
5372 {
5373 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5374 nullif = 0;
5375 }
5376 *s = *s + 1;
5377 }
5378
5379 return nullif;
5380 }
5381
5382 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5383 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5384
5385 static int
5386 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5387 char **s;
5388 {
5389 int cmpltr;
5390 char *name = *s + 1;
5391 char c;
5392 char *save_s = *s;
5393 int nullify = 0;
5394
5395 cmpltr = 0;
5396 if (**s == ',')
5397 {
5398 *s += 1;
5399 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5400 *s += 1;
5401 c = **s;
5402 **s = 0x00;
5403
5404 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5405 {
5406 cmpltr = 1;
5407 }
5408 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5409 {
5410 cmpltr = 2;
5411 }
5412 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5413 {
5414 cmpltr = 3;
5415 }
5416 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5417 {
5418 cmpltr = 4;
5419 }
5420 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5421 {
5422 cmpltr = 5;
5423 }
5424 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5425 {
5426 cmpltr = 6;
5427 }
5428 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5429 {
5430 cmpltr = 7;
5431 }
5432 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5433 completer. */
5434 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5435 {
5436 cmpltr = 0;
5437 nullify = 1;
5438 }
5439 else
5440 {
5441 cmpltr = -1;
5442 }
5443 **s = c;
5444 }
5445
5446 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5447 if (nullify)
5448 *s = save_s;
5449
5450 return cmpltr;
5451 }
5452
5453 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5454 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5455
5456 static int
5457 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5458 char **s;
5459 {
5460 int cmpltr;
5461 char *name = *s + 1;
5462 char c;
5463 char *save_s = *s;
5464 int nullify = 0;
5465
5466 cmpltr = 0;
5467 if (**s == ',')
5468 {
5469 *s += 1;
5470 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5471 *s += 1;
5472 c = **s;
5473 **s = 0x00;
5474
5475 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5476 {
5477 cmpltr = 0;
5478 }
5479 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5480 {
5481 cmpltr = 1;
5482 }
5483 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5484 {
5485 cmpltr = 2;
5486 }
5487 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5488 {
5489 cmpltr = 3;
5490 }
5491 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5492 {
5493 cmpltr = 4;
5494 }
5495 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5496 {
5497 cmpltr = 5;
5498 }
5499 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5500 {
5501 cmpltr = 6;
5502 }
5503 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5504 {
5505 cmpltr = 7;
5506 }
5507 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5508 completer. */
5509 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5510 {
5511 cmpltr = 0;
5512 nullify = 1;
5513 }
5514 else
5515 {
5516 cmpltr = -1;
5517 }
5518 **s = c;
5519 }
5520
5521 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5522 if (nullify)
5523 *s = save_s;
5524
5525 return cmpltr;
5526 }
5527
5528 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5529 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
5530
5531 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5532 returned as 8-15. */
5533
5534 static int
5535 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5536 char **s;
5537 {
5538 int cmpltr;
5539 char *name = *s + 1;
5540 char c;
5541
5542 cmpltr = -1;
5543 if (**s == ',')
5544 {
5545 *s += 1;
5546 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5547 *s += 1;
5548 c = **s;
5549 **s = 0x00;
5550
5551 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5552 {
5553 cmpltr = 0;
5554 }
5555 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5556 {
5557 cmpltr = 1;
5558 }
5559 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5560 {
5561 cmpltr = 2;
5562 }
5563 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5564 {
5565 cmpltr = 3;
5566 }
5567 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5568 {
5569 cmpltr = 4;
5570 }
5571 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5572 {
5573 cmpltr = 5;
5574 }
5575 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5576 {
5577 cmpltr = 6;
5578 }
5579 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5580 {
5581 cmpltr = 7;
5582 }
5583 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5584 {
5585 cmpltr = 8;
5586 }
5587 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5588 {
5589 cmpltr = 9;
5590 }
5591 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5592 {
5593 cmpltr = 10;
5594 }
5595 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5596 {
5597 cmpltr = 11;
5598 }
5599 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5600 {
5601 cmpltr = 12;
5602 }
5603 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5604 {
5605 cmpltr = 13;
5606 }
5607 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5608 {
5609 cmpltr = 14;
5610 }
5611 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5612 {
5613 cmpltr = 15;
5614 }
5615 else
5616 {
5617 cmpltr = -1;
5618 }
5619 **s = c;
5620 }
5621
5622 return cmpltr;
5623 }
5624
5625 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5626 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5627
5628 static int
5629 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5630 char **s;
5631 {
5632 int cmpltr;
5633 char *name = *s + 1;
5634 char c;
5635
5636 cmpltr = -1;
5637 if (**s == ',')
5638 {
5639 *s += 1;
5640 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5641 *s += 1;
5642 c = **s;
5643 **s = 0x00;
5644
5645 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5646 {
5647 cmpltr = 0;
5648 }
5649 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5650 {
5651 cmpltr = 1;
5652 }
5653 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5654 {
5655 cmpltr = 2;
5656 }
5657 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5658 {
5659 cmpltr = 3;
5660 }
5661 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5662 {
5663 cmpltr = 4;
5664 }
5665 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5666 {
5667 cmpltr = 5;
5668 }
5669 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5670 {
5671 cmpltr = 6;
5672 }
5673 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5674 {
5675 cmpltr = 7;
5676 }
5677 else
5678 {
5679 cmpltr = -1;
5680 }
5681 **s = c;
5682 }
5683
5684 return cmpltr;
5685 }
5686
5687 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5688 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5689
5690 static int
5691 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5692 char **s;
5693 {
5694 int cmpltr;
5695 char *name = *s + 1;
5696 char c;
5697 char *save_s = *s;
5698 int nullify = 0;
5699
5700 cmpltr = 0;
5701 if (**s == ',')
5702 {
5703 *s += 1;
5704 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5705 *s += 1;
5706 c = **s;
5707 **s = 0x00;
5708 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5709 {
5710 cmpltr = 1;
5711 }
5712 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5713 {
5714 cmpltr = 2;
5715 }
5716 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5717 {
5718 cmpltr = 3;
5719 }
5720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5721 {
5722 cmpltr = 4;
5723 }
5724 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5725 {
5726 cmpltr = 5;
5727 }
5728 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5729 {
5730 cmpltr = 6;
5731 }
5732 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5733 {
5734 cmpltr = 7;
5735 }
5736 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5737 completer. */
5738 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5739 {
5740 cmpltr = 0;
5741 nullify = 1;
5742 }
5743 else
5744 {
5745 cmpltr = -1;
5746 }
5747 **s = c;
5748 }
5749
5750 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5751 if (nullify)
5752 *s = save_s;
5753
5754 return cmpltr;
5755 }
5756
5757 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5758 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5759
5760 static int
5761 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5762 char **s;
5763 {
5764 int cmpltr;
5765 char *name = *s + 1;
5766 char c;
5767 char *save_s = *s;
5768 int nullify = 0;
5769
5770 cmpltr = 0;
5771 if (**s == ',')
5772 {
5773 *s += 1;
5774 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5775 *s += 1;
5776 c = **s;
5777 **s = 0x00;
5778 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5779 {
5780 cmpltr = 0;
5781 }
5782 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5783 {
5784 cmpltr = 1;
5785 }
5786 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5787 {
5788 cmpltr = 2;
5789 }
5790 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5791 {
5792 cmpltr = 3;
5793 }
5794 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5795 {
5796 cmpltr = 4;
5797 }
5798 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5799 {
5800 cmpltr = 5;
5801 }
5802 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5803 {
5804 cmpltr = 6;
5805 }
5806 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5807 {
5808 cmpltr = 7;
5809 }
5810 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5811 completer. */
5812 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5813 {
5814 cmpltr = 0;
5815 nullify = 1;
5816 }
5817 else
5818 {
5819 cmpltr = -1;
5820 }
5821 **s = c;
5822 }
5823
5824 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5825 if (nullify)
5826 *s = save_s;
5827
5828 return cmpltr;
5829 }
5830
5831 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5832 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5833
5834 static int
5835 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5836 char **s;
5837 {
5838 int cmpltr;
5839 char *name = *s + 1;
5840 char c;
5841 char *save_s = *s;
5842 int nullify = 0;
5843
5844 cmpltr = 0;
5845 if (**s == ',')
5846 {
5847 *s += 1;
5848 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5849 *s += 1;
5850 c = **s;
5851 **s = 0x00;
5852 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5853 {
5854 cmpltr = 1;
5855 }
5856 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5857 {
5858 cmpltr = 2;
5859 }
5860 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5861 {
5862 cmpltr = 3;
5863 }
5864 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5865 {
5866 cmpltr = 4;
5867 }
5868 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5869 {
5870 cmpltr = 5;
5871 }
5872 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5873 {
5874 cmpltr = 6;
5875 }
5876 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5877 {
5878 cmpltr = 7;
5879 }
5880 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5881 {
5882 cmpltr = 8;
5883 }
5884 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5885 {
5886 cmpltr = 9;
5887 }
5888 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5889 {
5890 cmpltr = 10;
5891 }
5892 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5893 {
5894 cmpltr = 11;
5895 }
5896 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5897 {
5898 cmpltr = 12;
5899 }
5900 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5901 {
5902 cmpltr = 13;
5903 }
5904 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5905 {
5906 cmpltr = 14;
5907 }
5908 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5909 {
5910 cmpltr = 15;
5911 }
5912 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5913 completer. */
5914 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5915 {
5916 cmpltr = 0;
5917 nullify = 1;
5918 }
5919 else
5920 {
5921 cmpltr = -1;
5922 }
5923 **s = c;
5924 }
5925
5926 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5927 if (nullify)
5928 *s = save_s;
5929
5930 return cmpltr;
5931 }
5932
5933 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5934 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5935 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5936 static void
5937 pa_align (bytes)
5938 int bytes;
5939 {
5940 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5941 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5942
5943 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5944 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5945
5946 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5947 alignment if necessary. */
5948 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5949 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5950 }
5951 #endif
5952
5953 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5954
5955 static void
5956 pa_block (z)
5957 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5958 {
5959 unsigned int temp_size;
5960
5961 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5962 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5963 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5964 #endif
5965
5966 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5967
5968 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5969 {
5970 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5971 temp_size = 0;
5972 }
5973 else
5974 {
5975 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5976 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5977 *p = 0;
5978 }
5979
5980 pa_undefine_label ();
5981 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5982 }
5983
5984 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5985
5986 static void
5987 pa_brtab (begin)
5988 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5989 {
5990
5991 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5992 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5993 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5994 char *where = frag_more (0);
5995
5996 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5997 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5998 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5999 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6000 #endif
6001
6002 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6003 }
6004
6005 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
6006
6007 static void
6008 pa_try (begin)
6009 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6010 {
6011 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6012 expressionS exp;
6013 char *where = frag_more (0);
6014
6015 if (! begin)
6016 expression (&exp);
6017
6018 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
6019 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6020
6021 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6022 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6023 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6024 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6025 #endif
6026
6027 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6028 }
6029
6030 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6031 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6032 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6033
6034 static void
6035 pa_call (unused)
6036 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6037 {
6038 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6039 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6040 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6041 #endif
6042
6043 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6044 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6045 }
6046
6047 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6048 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6049
6050 static void
6051 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6052 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6053 {
6054 char *name, c, *p;
6055 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6056
6057 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6058 {
6059 name = input_line_pointer;
6060 c = get_symbol_end ();
6061 /* Process a source argument. */
6062 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6063 {
6064 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6065 p = input_line_pointer;
6066 *p = c;
6067 input_line_pointer++;
6068 name = input_line_pointer;
6069 c = get_symbol_end ();
6070 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6071 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6072 }
6073 /* Process a return value. */
6074 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6075 {
6076 p = input_line_pointer;
6077 *p = c;
6078 input_line_pointer++;
6079 name = input_line_pointer;
6080 c = get_symbol_end ();
6081 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6082 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6083 }
6084 else
6085 {
6086 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6087 }
6088 p = input_line_pointer;
6089 *p = c;
6090 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6091 input_line_pointer++;
6092 }
6093 }
6094
6095 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6096
6097 static int
6098 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6099 fragS *frag1;
6100 fragS *frag2;
6101 {
6102
6103 if (frag1 == NULL)
6104 return (FALSE);
6105 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6106 return (FALSE);
6107 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6108 return (TRUE);
6109 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6110 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6111 else
6112 return (FALSE);
6113 }
6114
6115 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6116 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6117 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6118 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6119 of the unwind spaces. */
6120
6121 static void
6122 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6123 struct call_info *call_info;
6124 {
6125 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6126 subsegT save_subseg;
6127 unsigned int unwind;
6128 int reloc;
6129 char *p;
6130
6131 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6132 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6133 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6134 return;
6135
6136 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6137 save_seg = now_seg;
6138 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6139 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6140 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6141 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6142 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6143 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6144 {
6145 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6146 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6147 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6148 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6149 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6150 }
6151
6152 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6153
6154 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6155 descriptor. */
6156 p = frag_more (16);
6157
6158 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6159 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6160 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6161 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6162 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6163 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6164
6165 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6166
6167 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6168 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6169 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6170 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6171 finished with its work. */
6172 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6173 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6174 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6175 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6176 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6177
6178 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6179 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6180 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6181
6182 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6183 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6184
6185 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6186 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6187 }
6188 #endif
6189
6190 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6191 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6192 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6193
6194 static void
6195 pa_callinfo (unused)
6196 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6197 {
6198 char *name, c, *p;
6199 int temp;
6200
6201 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6202 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6203 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6204 #endif
6205
6206 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6207 if (!within_procedure)
6208 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6209
6210 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6211 current procedure. */
6212 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6213
6214 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6215 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6216 {
6217 name = input_line_pointer;
6218 c = get_symbol_end ();
6219 /* Frame size specification. */
6220 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6221 {
6222 p = input_line_pointer;
6223 *p = c;
6224 input_line_pointer++;
6225 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6226 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6227 {
6228 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6229 temp = 0;
6230 }
6231
6232 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6233 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6234
6235 }
6236 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6237 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6238 {
6239 p = input_line_pointer;
6240 *p = c;
6241 input_line_pointer++;
6242 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6243 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6244 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6245 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6246 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6247 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6248 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6249 }
6250 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6251 {
6252 p = input_line_pointer;
6253 *p = c;
6254 input_line_pointer++;
6255 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6256 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6257 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6258 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6259 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6260 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6261 }
6262 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6263 {
6264 p = input_line_pointer;
6265 *p = c;
6266 input_line_pointer++;
6267 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6268 if (temp != 3)
6269 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6270 }
6271 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6272 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6273 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6274 {
6275 p = input_line_pointer;
6276 *p = c;
6277 }
6278 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6279 {
6280 p = input_line_pointer;
6281 *p = c;
6282 }
6283 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6284 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6285 {
6286 p = input_line_pointer;
6287 *p = c;
6288 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6289 }
6290 /* Likewise for SP. */
6291 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6292 {
6293 p = input_line_pointer;
6294 *p = c;
6295 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6296 }
6297 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6298 in the unwind descriptor. */
6299 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6300 {
6301 p = input_line_pointer;
6302 *p = c;
6303 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6304 }
6305 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6306 unwind descriptor. */
6307 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6308 {
6309 p = input_line_pointer;
6310 *p = c;
6311 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6312 }
6313 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6314 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6315 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6316 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6317 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6318 {
6319 p = input_line_pointer;
6320 *p = c;
6321 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6322 }
6323 else
6324 {
6325 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6326 *input_line_pointer = c;
6327 }
6328 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6329 input_line_pointer++;
6330 }
6331
6332 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6333 }
6334
6335 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6336 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6337 label when finished. */
6338 static void
6339 pa_text (unused)
6340 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6341 {
6342 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6343 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6344 current_subspace
6345 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6346 #endif
6347
6348 s_text (0);
6349 pa_undefine_label ();
6350 }
6351
6352 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6353 static void
6354 pa_data (unused)
6355 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6356 {
6357 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6358 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6359 current_subspace
6360 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6361 #endif
6362 s_data (0);
6363 pa_undefine_label ();
6364 }
6365
6366 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6367 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6368
6369 <label> .comm <length>
6370
6371 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6372 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6373 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6374 and subspace.
6375
6376 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6377
6378 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6379 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6380 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6381 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6382 a pain.
6383
6384 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6385
6386 static void
6387 pa_comm (unused)
6388 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6389 {
6390 unsigned int size;
6391 symbolS *symbol;
6392 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6393
6394 if (label_symbol)
6395 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6396 else
6397 symbol = NULL;
6398
6399 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6400 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6401
6402 if (symbol)
6403 {
6404 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6405 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6406 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6407 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6408
6409 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6410 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6411 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6412 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6413 }
6414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6415 }
6416 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6417
6418 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6419
6420 static void
6421 pa_end (unused)
6422 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6423 {
6424 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6425 }
6426
6427 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6428 static void
6429 pa_enter (unused)
6430 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6431 {
6432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6433 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6434 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6435 #endif
6436
6437 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6438 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6439 }
6440
6441 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6442 procedure. */
6443 static void
6444 pa_entry (unused)
6445 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6446 {
6447 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6448 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6449 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6450 #endif
6451
6452 if (!within_procedure)
6453 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6454 else
6455 {
6456 if (!callinfo_found)
6457 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6458 }
6459 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6460 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6461
6462 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6463 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6464 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6465 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6466 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6467
6468 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6469 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6470 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6471 denote the entry and exit points. */
6472 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6473 {
6474 char *where;
6475 unsigned int u;
6476
6477 where = frag_more (0);
6478 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6479 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6480 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6481 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6482 }
6483 #endif
6484 }
6485
6486 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6487 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6488 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6489 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6490
6491 int
6492 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6493 expressionS *resultP;
6494 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6495 expressionS *rightP;
6496 {
6497 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6498 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6499 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6500 {
6501 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6502 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6503 }
6504 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6505 }
6506
6507 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6508
6509 static void
6510 pa_equ (reg)
6511 int reg;
6512 {
6513 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6514 symbolS *symbol;
6515
6516 if (label_symbol)
6517 {
6518 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6519 if (reg)
6520 {
6521 strict = 1;
6522 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6523 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6524 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6525 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6526 }
6527 else
6528 {
6529 expressionS exp;
6530 segT seg;
6531
6532 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6533 seg = expression (&exp);
6534 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6535 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6536 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6537 {
6538 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6539 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6540 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6541 seg = absolute_section;
6542 }
6543 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6544 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6545 }
6546 }
6547 else
6548 {
6549 if (reg)
6550 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6551 else
6552 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6553 }
6554
6555 pa_undefine_label ();
6556 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6557 }
6558
6559 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6560 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6561 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6562
6563 static void
6564 process_exit ()
6565 {
6566 char *where;
6567
6568 where = frag_more (0);
6569
6570 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6571 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6572 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6573 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6574 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6575 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6576 #else
6577 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6578 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6579 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6580 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6581
6582 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6583 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6584 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6585 denote the entry and exit points. */
6586 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6587 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6588 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6589 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6590 #endif
6591 }
6592
6593 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6594
6595 static void
6596 pa_exit (unused)
6597 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6598 {
6599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6600 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6601 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6602 #endif
6603
6604 if (!within_procedure)
6605 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6606 else
6607 {
6608 if (!callinfo_found)
6609 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6610 else
6611 {
6612 if (!within_entry_exit)
6613 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6614 else
6615 {
6616 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6617 process_exit ();
6618 }
6619 }
6620 }
6621 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6622 }
6623
6624 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6625 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6626 to callers. */
6627
6628 static void
6629 pa_export (unused)
6630 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6631 {
6632 char *name, c, *p;
6633 symbolS *symbol;
6634
6635 name = input_line_pointer;
6636 c = get_symbol_end ();
6637 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6638 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6639 {
6640 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6641 p = input_line_pointer;
6642 *p = c;
6643 input_line_pointer++;
6644 }
6645 else
6646 {
6647 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6648 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6649 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6650 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6651 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6652 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6653 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6654 p = input_line_pointer;
6655 *p = c;
6656 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6657 {
6658 input_line_pointer++;
6659 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6660 }
6661 }
6662
6663 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6664 }
6665
6666 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6667
6668 static void
6669 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6670 symbolS *symbolP;
6671 int is_export;
6672 {
6673 char *name, c, *p;
6674 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6675 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6676 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6677
6678 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6679
6680 {
6681 input_line_pointer += 8;
6682 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6683 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6684 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6685 }
6686 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6687 {
6688 input_line_pointer += 4;
6689 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6690 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6691
6692 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6693 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6694 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6695 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6696 {
6697 if (is_export)
6698 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6699 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6700
6701 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6702 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6703 }
6704 else
6705 {
6706 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6707 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6708 }
6709 }
6710 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6711 {
6712 input_line_pointer += 4;
6713 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6714 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6715 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6716 }
6717 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6718 {
6719 input_line_pointer += 5;
6720 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6721 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6722 }
6723 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6724 {
6725 input_line_pointer += 9;
6726 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6727 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6728 {
6729 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6730 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6731 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6732 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6733 }
6734 #endif
6735 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6736 }
6737 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6738 {
6739 input_line_pointer += 6;
6740 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6741 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6742 }
6743 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6744 {
6745 input_line_pointer += 8;
6746 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6747 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6748 }
6749 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6750 {
6751 input_line_pointer += 8;
6752 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6753 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6754 }
6755
6756 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6757 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6758 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6759 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6760 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6761 #endif
6762
6763 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6764 handle any argument relocation information. */
6765 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6766 {
6767 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6768 input_line_pointer++;
6769 name = input_line_pointer;
6770 c = get_symbol_end ();
6771 /* Argument sources. */
6772 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6773 {
6774 p = input_line_pointer;
6775 *p = c;
6776 input_line_pointer++;
6777 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6778 name = input_line_pointer;
6779 c = get_symbol_end ();
6780 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6781 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6782 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6783 #endif
6784 *input_line_pointer = c;
6785 }
6786 /* The return value. */
6787 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6788 {
6789 p = input_line_pointer;
6790 *p = c;
6791 input_line_pointer++;
6792 name = input_line_pointer;
6793 c = get_symbol_end ();
6794 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6795 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6796 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6797 #endif
6798 *input_line_pointer = c;
6799 }
6800 /* Privilege level. */
6801 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6802 {
6803 p = input_line_pointer;
6804 *p = c;
6805 input_line_pointer++;
6806 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6807 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6808 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6809 #endif
6810 c = get_symbol_end ();
6811 *input_line_pointer = c;
6812 }
6813 else
6814 {
6815 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6816 p = input_line_pointer;
6817 *p = c;
6818 }
6819 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6820 input_line_pointer++;
6821 }
6822 }
6823
6824 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6825 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6826 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6827
6828 static void
6829 pa_import (unused)
6830 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6831 {
6832 char *name, c, *p;
6833 symbolS *symbol;
6834
6835 name = input_line_pointer;
6836 c = get_symbol_end ();
6837
6838 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6839 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6840 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6841 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6842 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6843 {
6844 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6845 p = input_line_pointer;
6846 *p = c;
6847
6848 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6849 {
6850 input_line_pointer++;
6851 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6852 }
6853 else
6854 {
6855 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6856 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6857 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6858 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6859 if (now_seg == text_section)
6860 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6861
6862 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6863 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6864 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6865 }
6866 }
6867 else
6868 {
6869 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6870 the end of the current statement. */
6871 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6872 input_line_pointer++;
6873 }
6874
6875 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6876 }
6877
6878 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6879
6880 static void
6881 pa_label (unused)
6882 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6883 {
6884 char *name, c, *p;
6885
6886 name = input_line_pointer;
6887 c = get_symbol_end ();
6888
6889 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6890 {
6891 colon (name);
6892 p = input_line_pointer;
6893 *p = c;
6894 }
6895 else
6896 {
6897 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6898 }
6899
6900 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6901 {
6902 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6903 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6904 }
6905 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6906 }
6907
6908 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6909
6910 static void
6911 pa_leave (unused)
6912 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6913 {
6914 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6915 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6916 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6917 #endif
6918
6919 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6920 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6921 }
6922
6923 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6924
6925 static void
6926 pa_level (unused)
6927 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6928 {
6929 char *level;
6930
6931 level = input_line_pointer;
6932 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6933 {
6934 input_line_pointer += 3;
6935 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6936 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6937 }
6938 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6939 {
6940 input_line_pointer += 3;
6941 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6942 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6943 }
6944 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6945 {
6946 input_line_pointer += 4;
6947 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6948 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6949 }
6950 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6951 {
6952 input_line_pointer += 3;
6953 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6954 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6955 }
6956 else
6957 {
6958 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6959 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6960 }
6961 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6962 }
6963
6964 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6965
6966 static void
6967 pa_origin (unused)
6968 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6969 {
6970 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6971 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6972 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6973 #endif
6974
6975 s_org (0);
6976 pa_undefine_label ();
6977 }
6978
6979 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6980 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6981
6982 static void
6983 pa_param (unused)
6984 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6985 {
6986 char *name, c, *p;
6987 symbolS *symbol;
6988
6989 name = input_line_pointer;
6990 c = get_symbol_end ();
6991
6992 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6993 {
6994 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6995 p = input_line_pointer;
6996 *p = c;
6997 input_line_pointer++;
6998 }
6999 else
7000 {
7001 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
7002 p = input_line_pointer;
7003 *p = c;
7004 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7005 {
7006 input_line_pointer++;
7007 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
7008 }
7009 }
7010
7011 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
7015 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
7016
7017 static void
7018 pa_proc (unused)
7019 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7020 {
7021 struct call_info *call_info;
7022
7023 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7024 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7025 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7026 #endif
7027
7028 if (within_procedure)
7029 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7030
7031 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7032 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7033 within_procedure = TRUE;
7034
7035 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7036 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7037
7038 if (!call_info)
7039 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7040
7041 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7042
7043 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7044
7045 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7046 {
7047 call_info_root = call_info;
7048 last_call_info = call_info;
7049 }
7050 else
7051 {
7052 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7053 last_call_info = call_info;
7054 }
7055
7056 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7057
7058 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7059 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7060 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7061
7062 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7063 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7064 {
7065 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7066
7067 if (label_symbol)
7068 {
7069 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7070 {
7071 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7072 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7073 }
7074 else
7075 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7076 }
7077 else
7078 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7079 }
7080
7081 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7082 }
7083
7084 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7085 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7086
7087 static void
7088 pa_procend (unused)
7089 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7090 {
7091
7092 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7093 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7094 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7095 #endif
7096
7097 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7098 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7099 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7100
7101 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7102 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7103 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7104 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7105 {
7106 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7107
7108 if (label_symbol)
7109 {
7110 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7111 {
7112 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7113 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7114 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7115 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7116 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7117 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7118 if (within_entry_exit)
7119 {
7120 char *where;
7121 unsigned int u;
7122
7123 where = frag_more (0);
7124 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7125 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7126 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7127 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7128 }
7129 #endif
7130 }
7131 else
7132 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7133 }
7134 else
7135 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7136 }
7137
7138 if (!within_procedure)
7139 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7140
7141 if (!callinfo_found)
7142 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7143
7144 if (within_entry_exit)
7145 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7146
7147 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7148 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7149 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7150 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7151 #endif
7152
7153 within_procedure = FALSE;
7154 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7155 pa_undefine_label ();
7156 }
7157
7158 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7159 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7160 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7161
7162 static int
7163 exact_log2 (value)
7164 int value;
7165 {
7166 int shift = 0;
7167
7168 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7169 shift++;
7170
7171 if (shift >= 32)
7172 return -1;
7173 else
7174 return shift;
7175 }
7176
7177 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7178
7179 static void
7180 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7181 {
7182 if (current_space == NULL)
7183 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7184
7185 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7186 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7187 }
7188
7189 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7190 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7191 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7192
7193 static sd_chain_struct *
7194 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7195 char *space_name;
7196 int create_flag;
7197 {
7198 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7199 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7200 int spnum;
7201 asection *seg = NULL;
7202 sd_chain_struct *space;
7203
7204 /* load default values */
7205 spnum = 0;
7206 sort = 0;
7207 loadable = TRUE;
7208 defined = TRUE;
7209 private = FALSE;
7210 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7211 {
7212 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7213 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7214 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7215 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7216 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7217 }
7218 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7219 {
7220 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7221 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7222 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7223 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7224 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7225 }
7226
7227 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7228 {
7229 print_errors = FALSE;
7230 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7231 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7232 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7233 the line should be ignored. */
7234 strict = 0;
7235 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7236 if (pa_number >= 0)
7237 {
7238 spnum = pa_number;
7239 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7240 }
7241 else
7242 {
7243 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7244 {
7245 input_line_pointer++;
7246 name = input_line_pointer;
7247 c = get_symbol_end ();
7248 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7249 {
7250 *input_line_pointer = c;
7251 input_line_pointer++;
7252 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7253 }
7254 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7255 {
7256 *input_line_pointer = c;
7257 input_line_pointer++;
7258 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7259 }
7260 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7261 {
7262 *input_line_pointer = c;
7263 loadable = FALSE;
7264 }
7265 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7266 {
7267 *input_line_pointer = c;
7268 defined = FALSE;
7269 }
7270 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7271 {
7272 *input_line_pointer = c;
7273 private = TRUE;
7274 }
7275 else
7276 {
7277 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7278 *input_line_pointer = c;
7279 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7280 input_line_pointer++;
7281 }
7282 }
7283 }
7284 print_errors = TRUE;
7285 }
7286
7287 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7288 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7289
7290 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7291 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7292 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7293 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7294 if (create_flag)
7295 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7296 private, sort, seg, 1);
7297 else
7298 {
7299 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7300 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7301 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7302 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7303 }
7304
7305 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7306 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7307 #endif
7308
7309 return space;
7310 }
7311
7312 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7313 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7314
7315 static void
7316 pa_space (unused)
7317 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7318 {
7319 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7320 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7321
7322 if (within_procedure)
7323 {
7324 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7325 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7326 }
7327 else
7328 {
7329 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7330 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7331 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7332 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7333 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7334 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7335 {
7336 input_line_pointer += 6;
7337 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7338 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7339 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7340 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7341 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7342
7343 current_space = sd_chain;
7344 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7345 current_subspace
7346 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7347 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7348 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7349 return;
7350 }
7351 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7352 {
7353 input_line_pointer += 9;
7354 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7355 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7356 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7357 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7358 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7359
7360 current_space = sd_chain;
7361 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 current_subspace
7363 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7364 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7365 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7366 return;
7367 }
7368 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7369 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7370 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7371 {
7372 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7373 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7374 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7375 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7376 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7377 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7378
7379 current_space = sd_chain;
7380
7381 {
7382 asection *gdb_section
7383 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7384
7385 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7386 current_subspace
7387 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7388 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7389 }
7390 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7391 return;
7392 }
7393
7394 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7395 print_errors = 0;
7396 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7397 strict = 0;
7398 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7399 if (pa_number >= 0)
7400 {
7401 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7402 {
7403 current_space = sd_chain;
7404
7405 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7406 current_subspace
7407 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7408 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7409 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7410 return;
7411 }
7412 }
7413
7414 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7415 print_errors = 1;
7416 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7417 name = input_line_pointer;
7418 c = get_symbol_end ();
7419 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7420 strcpy (space_name, name);
7421 *input_line_pointer = c;
7422
7423 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7424 current_space = sd_chain;
7425
7426 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7427 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7428 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7429 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7430 }
7431 }
7432
7433 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7434
7435 static void
7436 pa_spnum (unused)
7437 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7438 {
7439 char *name;
7440 char c;
7441 char *p;
7442 sd_chain_struct *space;
7443
7444 name = input_line_pointer;
7445 c = get_symbol_end ();
7446 space = is_defined_space (name);
7447 if (space)
7448 {
7449 p = frag_more (4);
7450 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7451 }
7452 else
7453 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7454
7455 *input_line_pointer = c;
7456 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7457 }
7458
7459 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7460 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7461
7462 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7463 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7464
7465 static void
7466 pa_subspace (create_new)
7467 int create_new;
7468 {
7469 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7470 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7471 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7472 sd_chain_struct *space;
7473 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7474 asection *section;
7475
7476 if (current_space == NULL)
7477 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7478
7479 if (within_procedure)
7480 {
7481 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7482 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7483 }
7484 else
7485 {
7486 name = input_line_pointer;
7487 c = get_symbol_end ();
7488 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7489 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7490 *input_line_pointer = c;
7491
7492 /* Load default values. */
7493 sort = 0;
7494 access = 0x7f;
7495 loadable = 1;
7496 comdat = 0;
7497 common = 0;
7498 dup_common = 0;
7499 code_only = 0;
7500 zero = 0;
7501 space_index = ~0;
7502 alignment = 1;
7503 quadrant = 0;
7504
7505 space = current_space;
7506 if (create_new)
7507 ssd = NULL;
7508 else
7509 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7510 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7511 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7512 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7513 {
7514 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7515 current_subspace = ssd;
7516 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7517 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7518 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7519 return;
7520 }
7521 else
7522 {
7523 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7524 the builtin subspaces. */
7525 i = 0;
7526 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7527 {
7528 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7529 {
7530 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7531 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7532 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7533 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7534 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7535 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7536 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7537 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7538 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7539 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7540 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7541 break;
7542 }
7543 i++;
7544 }
7545 }
7546
7547 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7548 any information as specified by the user. */
7549 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7550 {
7551 input_line_pointer++;
7552 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7553 {
7554 name = input_line_pointer;
7555 c = get_symbol_end ();
7556 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7557 {
7558 *input_line_pointer = c;
7559 input_line_pointer++;
7560 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7561 }
7562 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7563 {
7564 *input_line_pointer = c;
7565 input_line_pointer++;
7566 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7567 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7568 {
7569 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7570 alignment = 1;
7571 }
7572 }
7573 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7574 {
7575 *input_line_pointer = c;
7576 input_line_pointer++;
7577 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7578 }
7579 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7580 {
7581 *input_line_pointer = c;
7582 input_line_pointer++;
7583 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7584 }
7585 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7586 {
7587 *input_line_pointer = c;
7588 code_only = 1;
7589 }
7590 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7591 {
7592 *input_line_pointer = c;
7593 loadable = 0;
7594 }
7595 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7596 {
7597 *input_line_pointer = c;
7598 comdat = 1;
7599 }
7600 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7601 {
7602 *input_line_pointer = c;
7603 common = 1;
7604 }
7605 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7606 {
7607 *input_line_pointer = c;
7608 dup_common = 1;
7609 }
7610 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7611 {
7612 *input_line_pointer = c;
7613 zero = 1;
7614 }
7615 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7616 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7617 else
7618 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7619 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7620 input_line_pointer++;
7621 }
7622 }
7623
7624 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7625 in the .subspace directive. */
7626 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7627 flags = 0;
7628 if (loadable)
7629 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7630 if (code_only)
7631 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7632
7633 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7634 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7635 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7636 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7637 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7638 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7639 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7640 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7641 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7642 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7643
7644 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7645
7646 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7647 if (zero)
7648 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7649
7650 applicable &= flags;
7651
7652 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7653 segment already associated with the subspace.
7654
7655 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7656 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7657 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7658 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7659 if (create_new)
7660 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7661 else if (ssd)
7662 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7663 else
7664 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7665
7666 if (zero)
7667 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7668
7669 /* Now set the flags. */
7670 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7671
7672 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7673 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7674
7675 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7676 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7677 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7678
7679 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7680 or create a new one. */
7681 if (ssd)
7682
7683 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7684 code_only, comdat, common,
7685 dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7686 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7687 section);
7688 else
7689 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7690 code_only, comdat, common,
7691 dup_common, zero, sort,
7692 access, space_index,
7693 alignment, quadrant, section);
7694
7695 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7696 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7697 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7698 }
7699 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7700 }
7701
7702 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7703
7704 static void
7705 pa_spaces_begin ()
7706 {
7707 int i;
7708
7709 space_dict_root = NULL;
7710 space_dict_last = NULL;
7711
7712 i = 0;
7713 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7714 {
7715 char *name;
7716
7717 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7718 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7719
7720 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7721 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7722 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7723 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7724 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7725 i++;
7726 }
7727
7728 i = 0;
7729 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7730 {
7731 char *name;
7732 int applicable, subsegment;
7733 asection *segment = NULL;
7734 sd_chain_struct *space;
7735
7736 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7737 subsegment number. */
7738 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7739 subsegment = 0;
7740
7741 /* Create the new section. */
7742 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7743
7744 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7745 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7746 all the built-in subspaces. */
7747 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7748 {
7749 text_section = segment;
7750 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7751 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7752 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7753 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7754 | SEC_READONLY
7755 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7756 }
7757 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7758 {
7759 data_section = segment;
7760 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7761 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7762 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7763 | SEC_RELOC
7764 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7765
7766 }
7767 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7768 {
7769 bss_section = segment;
7770 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7771 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7772 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7773 }
7774 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7775 {
7776 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7777 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7778 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7779 | SEC_RELOC
7780 | SEC_READONLY
7781 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7782 }
7783 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7784 {
7785 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7786 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7787 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7788 | SEC_RELOC
7789 | SEC_READONLY
7790 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7791 }
7792 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7793 {
7794 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7795 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7796 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7797 | SEC_RELOC
7798 | SEC_READONLY
7799 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7800 }
7801
7802 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7803 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7804 def_space_index].segment);
7805 if (space == NULL)
7806 {
7807 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7808 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7809 }
7810
7811 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7812 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7813 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7814 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7815 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7816 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7817 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7818 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7819 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7820 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7821 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7822 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7823 segment);
7824 i++;
7825 }
7826 }
7827
7828 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7829 by the given parameters. */
7830
7831 static sd_chain_struct *
7832 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7833 sort, seg, user_defined)
7834 char *name;
7835 int spnum;
7836 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7837 int defined;
7838 int private;
7839 int sort;
7840 asection *seg;
7841 int user_defined;
7842 {
7843 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7844
7845 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7846 if (!chain_entry)
7847 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7848 name);
7849
7850 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7851 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7852 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7853 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7854 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7855
7856 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7857 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7858 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7859 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7860
7861 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7862 if (!space_dict_last)
7863 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7864
7865 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7866 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7867 else
7868 {
7869 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7870 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7871
7872 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7873 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7874
7875 while (chain_pointer)
7876 {
7877 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7878 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7879 }
7880
7881 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7882 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7883 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7884 {
7885 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7886 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7887 }
7888 else
7889 {
7890 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7891 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7892 }
7893
7894 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7895 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7896 }
7897
7898 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7899 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7900 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7901 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7902 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7903 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7904 #endif
7905
7906 return chain_entry;
7907 }
7908
7909 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7910 by the given parameters.
7911
7912 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7913 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7914
7915 static ssd_chain_struct *
7916 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common,
7917 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7918 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7919 sd_chain_struct *space;
7920 char *name;
7921 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7922 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7923 int comdat, common, dup_common;
7924 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7925 int sort;
7926 int access;
7927 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7928 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7929 int quadrant;
7930 asection *seg;
7931 {
7932 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7933
7934 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7935 if (!chain_entry)
7936 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7937
7938 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7939 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7940
7941 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7942 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7943 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7944
7945 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7946 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7947 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7948
7949 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7950 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7951 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7952 else
7953 {
7954 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7955 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7956
7957 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7958 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7959
7960 while (chain_pointer)
7961 {
7962 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7963 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7964 }
7965
7966 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7967 the links. */
7968 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7969 {
7970 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7971 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7972 }
7973 else
7974 {
7975 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7976 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7977 }
7978 }
7979
7980 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7981 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7982 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7983 #endif
7984
7985 return chain_entry;
7986 }
7987
7988 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7989 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7990
7991 static ssd_chain_struct *
7992 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common,
7993 sort, zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7994 sd_chain_struct *space;
7995 char *name;
7996 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7997 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7998 int comdat;
7999 int common;
8000 int dup_common;
8001 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8002 int sort;
8003 int access;
8004 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8005 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8006 int quadrant;
8007 asection *section;
8008 {
8009 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
8010
8011 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
8012
8013 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
8014 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
8015 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
8016 #endif
8017
8018 return chain_entry;
8019 }
8020
8021 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
8022 NULL if no such space exists. */
8023
8024 static sd_chain_struct *
8025 is_defined_space (name)
8026 char *name;
8027 {
8028 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
8029
8030 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
8031 chain_pointer;
8032 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
8033 {
8034 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
8035 return chain_pointer;
8036 }
8037
8038 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
8039 return NULL;
8040 }
8041
8042 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
8043 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8044
8045 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8046 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8047
8048 static sd_chain_struct *
8049 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8050 asection *seg;
8051 {
8052 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8053
8054 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8055 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8056 space_chain;
8057 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8058 {
8059 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8060 return space_chain;
8061 }
8062
8063 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8064 return NULL;
8065 }
8066
8067 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
8068 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
8069
8070 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
8071 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
8072 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
8073 COMDAT data.
8074
8075 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8076 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8077 own subspace. */
8078
8079 static ssd_chain_struct *
8080 is_defined_subspace (name)
8081 char *name;
8082 {
8083 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8084 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8085
8086 /* Walk through each space. */
8087 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8088 space_chain;
8089 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8090 {
8091 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8092 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8093 subspace_chain;
8094 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8095 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8096 return subspace_chain;
8097 }
8098
8099 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8100 return NULL;
8101 }
8102
8103 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8104 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8105
8106 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8107 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8108 to become more efficient. */
8109
8110 static ssd_chain_struct *
8111 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8112 asection *seg;
8113 subsegT subseg;
8114 {
8115 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8116 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8117
8118 /* Walk through each space. */
8119 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8120 space_chain;
8121 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8122 {
8123 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8124 {
8125 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8126 the correct mapping. */
8127 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8128 subspace_chain;
8129 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8130 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8131 return subspace_chain;
8132 }
8133 }
8134
8135 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8136 return NULL;
8137 }
8138
8139 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8140
8141 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8142 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8143
8144 static sd_chain_struct *
8145 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8146 int number;
8147 {
8148 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8149
8150 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8151 space_chain;
8152 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8153 {
8154 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8155 return space_chain;
8156 }
8157
8158 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8159 return NULL;
8160 }
8161
8162 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8163 address is unknown then return zero. */
8164
8165 static unsigned int
8166 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8167 sd_chain_struct *space;
8168 int quadrant;
8169 {
8170 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8171 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8172 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8173 return 0x40000000;
8174 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8175 return 0x40000000;
8176 else
8177 return 0;
8178 return 0;
8179 }
8180 #endif
8181
8182 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8183 a string. */
8184
8185 static unsigned int
8186 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8187 char *s;
8188 {
8189 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8190
8191 switch (c)
8192 {
8193 case '\"':
8194 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8195 break;
8196 default:
8197 break;
8198 }
8199 return c;
8200 }
8201
8202 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8203
8204 static void
8205 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8206 int append_zero;
8207 {
8208 char *s, num_buf[4];
8209 unsigned int c;
8210 int i;
8211
8212 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8213 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8214 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8215
8216 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8217 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8218 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8219 #endif
8220
8221 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8222 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8223
8224 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8225 {
8226 if (c == '\\')
8227 {
8228 c = *s;
8229 switch (c)
8230 {
8231 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8232 case 'x':
8233 {
8234 unsigned int number;
8235 int num_digit;
8236 char dg;
8237 char *s_start = s;
8238
8239 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8240 s++;
8241 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8242 num_digit < 2
8243 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8244 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8245 num_digit++)
8246 {
8247 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8248 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8249 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8250 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8251 else
8252 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8253
8254 s++;
8255 dg = *s;
8256 }
8257 if (num_digit > 0)
8258 {
8259 switch (num_digit)
8260 {
8261 case 1:
8262 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8263 break;
8264 case 2:
8265 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8266 break;
8267 }
8268 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8269 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8270 }
8271 break;
8272 }
8273 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8274 default:
8275 s++;
8276 break;
8277 }
8278 }
8279 }
8280 stringer (append_zero);
8281 pa_undefine_label ();
8282 }
8283
8284 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8285
8286 static void
8287 pa_version (unused)
8288 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8289 {
8290 obj_version (0);
8291 pa_undefine_label ();
8292 }
8293
8294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8295
8296 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8297
8298 static void
8299 pa_compiler (unused)
8300 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8301 {
8302 obj_som_compiler (0);
8303 pa_undefine_label ();
8304 }
8305
8306 #endif
8307
8308 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8309
8310 static void
8311 pa_copyright (unused)
8312 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8313 {
8314 obj_copyright (0);
8315 pa_undefine_label ();
8316 }
8317
8318 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8319 the latest space label. */
8320
8321 static void
8322 pa_cons (nbytes)
8323 int nbytes;
8324 {
8325 cons (nbytes);
8326 pa_undefine_label ();
8327 }
8328
8329 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8330
8331 static void
8332 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8333 int float_type;
8334 {
8335 float_cons (float_type);
8336 pa_undefine_label ();
8337 }
8338
8339 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8340
8341 static void
8342 pa_fill (unused)
8343 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8344 {
8345 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8346 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8347 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8348 #endif
8349
8350 s_fill (0);
8351 pa_undefine_label ();
8352 }
8353
8354 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8355
8356 static void
8357 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8358 int needs_align;
8359 {
8360 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8361 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8362 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8363 #endif
8364
8365 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8366 pa_undefine_label ();
8367 }
8368
8369 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8370
8371 static void
8372 pa_lsym (unused)
8373 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8374 {
8375 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8376 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8377 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8378 #endif
8379
8380 s_lsym (0);
8381 pa_undefine_label ();
8382 }
8383
8384 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8385 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8386 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8387
8388 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8389 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8390 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8391 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8392 with the address of "foo").
8393
8394 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8395 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8396 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8397
8398 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8399 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8400 selectors).
8401
8402 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8403 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8404
8405 int
8406 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8407 fixS *fixp;
8408 {
8409 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8410 reloc_type code;
8411 #endif
8412 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8413
8414 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8415
8416 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8417 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8418 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8419 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8420 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8421 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8422 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8423
8424 switch (code)
8425 {
8426 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8427 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8428 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8429 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8430 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8431
8432 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8433 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8434 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8435 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8436 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8437 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8438 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8439 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8440 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8441 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8442 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8443 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8444 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8445 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8446
8447 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8448 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8449 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8450 return 0;
8451 default:
8452 break;
8453 }
8454 #endif
8455
8456 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8457 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8458
8459 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8460 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8461 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8462 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8463 && fixp->fx_subsy
8464 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8465 return 0;
8466
8467 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8468
8469 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8470 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8471 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8472 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8473 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8474 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8475 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8476 sum to the right value.
8477
8478 eg. Suppose we have
8479 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8480 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8481 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8482
8483 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8484 reducing to the section symbol we get
8485 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8486 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8487 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8488 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8489 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8490
8491 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8492 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8493 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8494 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8495 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8496
8497 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8498 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8499 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8500 return 0;
8501
8502 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8503 relocations with plabels. */
8504 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8505 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8506 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8507 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8508 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8509 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8510 return 0;
8511
8512 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8513 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8514 return 0;
8515
8516 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8517 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8518 return 0;
8519
8520 return 1;
8521 }
8522
8523 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8524 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8525 within GAS. */
8526
8527 int
8528 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8529 struct fix *fixp;
8530 {
8531 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8532
8533 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8534 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8535 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8536 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8537 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8538 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8539 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8540 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8541 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8542 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8543 return 1;
8544 #endif
8545 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8546 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8547 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8548 return 1;
8549 #endif
8550
8551 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8552
8553 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8554 linking works. */
8555 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8556 return 1;
8557
8558 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8559 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8560 call stub. */
8561 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8562 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8563 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8564 return 1;
8565
8566 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8567 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8568 {
8569 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8570 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8571
8572 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8573
8574 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8575 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8576 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8577 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8578 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8579 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8580 #endif
8581
8582 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8583 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8584 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8585 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8586 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8587 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8588 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8589 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8590 )
8591 return 1;
8592 }
8593
8594 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8595 return 1;
8596
8597 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8598 return 0;
8599 }
8600
8601 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8602 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8603 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8604 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8605
8606 static void
8607 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8608 {
8609 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8610 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8611 char *name;
8612
8613 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8614 {
8615 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8616 or other problems. */
8617 return;
8618 }
8619
8620 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8621 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8622 + 1);
8623 if (name)
8624 {
8625 symbolS *symbolP;
8626
8627 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8628 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8629
8630 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8631 symbol will have already been defined. */
8632 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8633 if (symbolP)
8634 {
8635 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8636 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8637
8638 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8639 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8640 xfree (name);
8641 }
8642 else
8643 {
8644 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8645 last instruction of the function */
8646 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8647 frag_now);
8648
8649 assert (symbolP);
8650 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8651 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8652 }
8653
8654 if (symbolP)
8655 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8656 else
8657 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8658
8659 }
8660 else
8661 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8662
8663 }
8664
8665 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8666 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8667 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8668 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8669
8670 void
8671 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8672 {
8673 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8674
8675 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8676 call_info_pointer;
8677 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8678 {
8679 elf_symbol_type *esym
8680 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8681 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8682 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8683 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8684 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8685 }
8686 }
8687
8688 static void
8689 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8690 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8691 {
8692 struct fix *new_fix;
8693
8694 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8695
8696 if (new_fix)
8697 {
8698 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8699 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8700 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8701 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8702 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8703 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8704 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8705 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8706 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8707 }
8708 }
8709
8710 static void
8711 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8712 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8713 {
8714 struct fix *new_fix;
8715
8716 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8717
8718 if (new_fix)
8719 {
8720 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8721 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8722 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8723 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8724 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8725 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8726 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8727 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8728 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8729 }
8730 }
8731 #endif
A mirror of the official binutils-gdb repository